1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % redefine the greyed out note
45 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
46 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
48 % needed for correct index entry sorting as described
49 \newcommand*{\OrgIndex}{}
51 \renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
58 \font_typewriter default
59 \font_default_family default
69 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
70 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
74 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
75 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
76 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
81 \pdf_pagebackref false
82 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
83 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
90 \paperorientation portrait
101 \paragraph_separation indent
103 \quotes_language english
106 \paperpagestyle default
107 \tracking_changes false
108 \output_changes false
124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
126 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
128 \begin_inset CommandInset href
130 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
141 \begin_inset Newline newline
145 \begin_inset Newline newline
149 \begin_inset Note Note
152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
153 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
154 \begin_inset Newline newline
159 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
167 \begin_layout Standard
168 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
169 LatexCommand tableofcontents
176 \begin_layout Chapter
180 \begin_layout Section
184 \begin_layout Standard
185 LyX is a document preparation system.
186 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
187 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
188 It is unlike most other
189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
196 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
198 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
210 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
215 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
219 \begin_layout Standard
220 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
233 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
237 \begin_layout Standard
239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
250 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
251 the format of all of the manuals.
252 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
253 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
270 \begin_layout Section
274 \begin_layout Standard
275 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
277 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
278 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
280 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
299 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
302 \begin_layout Standard
303 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
304 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
305 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
307 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
308 only a vertical scrollbar.
309 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
310 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
311 This, however, is due
312 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
313 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
314 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
315 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
317 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
318 this doesn't work for equations yet.
321 \begin_layout Standard
322 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
330 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
335 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
336 ing sections of this documentation.
339 \begin_layout Section
343 \begin_layout Standard
344 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
349 of the manuals from inside LyX.
350 Just select the manual you want read from the
357 \begin_layout Section
359 \begin_inset CommandInset label
361 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
368 \begin_layout Standard
369 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
370 without resorting to configuration files.
371 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
372 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
373 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
388 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
389 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
390 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
391 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
393 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
401 Reconfiguration of LyX
406 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
409 \begin_layout Section
411 \begin_inset CommandInset label
413 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
420 \begin_layout Standard
421 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
422 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
445 that will be created when using the menu
447 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
466 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
467 \begin_inset Note Note
470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
471 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
479 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
480 More on ERT is described in section
485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
491 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
498 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
512 Reconfiguration of LyX
520 \begin_layout Chapter
524 \begin_layout Section
525 Basic File Operations
529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
538 \begin_layout Standard
543 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
547 \begin_layout Itemize
553 \begin_layout Itemize
571 \begin_layout Itemize
577 \begin_layout Itemize
583 \begin_layout Itemize
589 \begin_layout Itemize
599 \begin_layout Itemize
613 \begin_layout Itemize
623 \begin_layout Itemize
629 \begin_layout Itemize
635 \begin_layout Itemize
641 \begin_layout Itemize
647 \begin_layout Standard
648 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
649 a few minor differences.
652 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
667 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
668 you for a template to use.
669 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
670 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
671 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
679 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
686 \begin_layout Standard
688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
711 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
712 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
715 \begin_layout Standard
736 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
741 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
766 will reload the document from disk.
767 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
768 and want to restore it to the last save.
777 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
778 can identify this as your changes.
781 \begin_layout Section
782 Basic Editing Features
786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
795 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
802 \begin_layout Standard
803 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
804 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
805 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
806 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
808 We'll start with cut and paste.
811 \begin_layout Standard
812 As you might expect, the
816 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
817 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
821 \begin_layout Itemize
827 \begin_layout Itemize
833 \begin_layout Itemize
839 \begin_layout Itemize
849 \begin_layout Itemize
859 \begin_layout Itemize
873 \begin_layout Standard
874 The first three are self-explanatory.
875 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
876 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
885 keys also functions as the
890 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
891 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
896 to get back the lost text.
899 \begin_layout Standard
903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
909 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
918 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
921 \begin_layout Standard
924 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
929 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
940 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
946 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
955 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
956 will start a new paragraph.
959 \begin_layout Standard
963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
981 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1005 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1010 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 button to skip the current word.
1031 \begin_inset space ~
1036 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1040 \begin_inset space ~
1045 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1047 If the toggle is set, searching for
1048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1059 will not match the word
1060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1074 Match whole words only
1076 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1104 \begin_layout Standard
1105 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1106 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1108 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1113 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1120 \begin_layout Section
1125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1142 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1144 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1151 \begin_layout Standard
1152 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1153 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1156 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1159 to undo some mistake.
1160 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1162 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1173 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1178 \begin_layout Standard
1179 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1180 it was last saved, the
1181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1188 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1189 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1192 \begin_layout Standard
1201 work on almost everything in LyX.
1202 They have some quirks, too.
1211 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1212 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1220 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1221 surely appreciate how it works.
1224 \begin_layout Section
1229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1238 \begin_layout Standard
1239 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1242 \begin_layout Enumerate
1247 \begin_layout Itemize
1252 once anywhere in the edit window.
1253 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1257 \begin_layout Enumerate
1262 \begin_layout Itemize
1268 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1271 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1274 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1277 \begin_layout Itemize
1278 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1280 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1287 \begin_layout Enumerate
1288 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1292 \begin_layout Standard
1297 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1298 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1299 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1303 \begin_layout Enumerate
1308 \begin_layout Standard
1313 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1318 \begin_layout Section
1320 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1322 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1339 \begin_layout Standard
1340 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1341 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1343 LyX's default is CUA.
1346 \begin_layout Standard
1350 \begin_inset space ~
1358 \begin_inset space ~
1379 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1383 \begin_layout Labeling
1384 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1388 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1389 LatexCommand nomenclature
1391 description "Tabulator key"
1397 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1398 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1399 \begin_inset space ~
1403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1405 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1412 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1416 , especially section
1417 \begin_inset space ~
1421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1423 reference "sub:Lists"
1429 If you're still confused, look in the
1436 \begin_layout Labeling
1437 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1441 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1442 LatexCommand nomenclature
1444 description "Escape key"
1451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1458 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1459 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1462 \begin_layout Labeling
1463 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1469 \begin_inset space ~
1473 \begin_inset space ~
1480 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1481 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1485 \begin_layout Standard
1486 There are three modifier keys:
1489 \begin_layout Labeling
1490 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1508 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1509 LatexCommand nomenclature
1511 description "Control key"
1515 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1516 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1520 \begin_layout Itemize
1529 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1532 \begin_layout Itemize
1541 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1544 \begin_layout Itemize
1553 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1557 \begin_layout Labeling
1558 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1576 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1577 LatexCommand nomenclature
1579 description "Shift key"
1583 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1584 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1587 \begin_layout Labeling
1588 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1606 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1607 LatexCommand nomenclature
1609 description "Meta or Alt key"
1613 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1614 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1615 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1621 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1623 menu accelerator keys
1626 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1627 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1631 \begin_layout Standard
1632 For example, the sequence
1633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1639 \begin_inset space ~
1643 \begin_inset space ~
1649 \begin_inset space ~
1657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1680 \begin_inset space ~
1686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1696 \begin_layout Standard
1697 There are also other things bound to the
1701 key, but you'll have to check in the
1713 \begin_layout Standard
1714 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1715 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1716 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1717 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1718 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1719 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1720 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1736 followed by a capital
1742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1760 \begin_layout Chapter
1765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1774 \begin_layout Section
1779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1788 \begin_layout Subsection
1792 \begin_layout Standard
1793 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1794 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1795 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1796 numbering schemes, and so on.
1797 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1798 and format the title of your document differently.
1801 \begin_layout Standard
1806 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1807 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1808 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1809 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1810 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1813 \begin_layout Standard
1814 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1815 how to adjust their properties.
1818 \begin_layout Subsection
1823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1830 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1832 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1839 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1843 \begin_layout Standard
1844 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1848 \begin_layout Description
1849 Article for basic articles
1852 \begin_layout Description
1853 Report for basic reports
1856 \begin_layout Description
1857 Book for writing a book
1860 \begin_layout Description
1861 Letter for US-style letters
1864 \begin_layout Standard
1865 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1867 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1868 can be found in chapter
1870 Special Document Classes
1879 \begin_layout Description
1880 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1883 \begin_layout Description
1890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1899 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1903 \begin_layout Description
1904 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1905 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1906 There are three article layouts available.
1907 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1908 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1909 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1910 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1915 sequential numbering
1916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1919 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1920 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1921 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1922 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1925 \begin_layout Description
1926 Beamer Layout for presentations
1929 \begin_layout Description
1930 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1931 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1935 \begin_layout Description
1937 \begin_inset space ~
1940 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1943 \begin_layout Description
1944 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1947 \begin_layout Description
1950 Die TeXnische Komödie
1952 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1955 \begin_layout Description
1956 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1959 \begin_layout Description
1960 Foils Used to make transparencies
1963 \begin_layout Description
1964 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1967 \begin_layout Description
1968 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1969 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1973 \begin_layout Description
1974 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1975 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1978 \begin_layout Description
1979 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1982 \begin_layout Description
1983 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1986 \begin_layout Description
1987 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1988 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1991 \begin_layout Description
1992 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1995 \begin_layout Description
2000 LaTeX document class
2003 \begin_layout Description
2004 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2007 \begin_layout Description
2012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2019 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2020 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2022 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2025 \begin_layout Description
2026 Slides Used to make transparencies
2029 \begin_layout Description
2031 \begin_inset space ~
2034 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2035 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2038 \begin_layout Description
2039 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2042 \begin_layout Description
2047 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2050 \begin_layout Standard
2051 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2053 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2058 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2059 of the document classes.
2062 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2066 \begin_layout Standard
2067 You can select a class using the
2069 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2083 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2087 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2107 \begin_layout Standard
2108 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2109 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2111 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2113 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2127 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2128 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2129 installed by default.
2130 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2131 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2135 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2139 \begin_layout Standard
2140 Each class has a default set of options.
2141 Here's a quick table describing them:
2144 \begin_layout Standard
2145 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2151 \begin_layout Standard
2153 \begin_inset Tabular
2154 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2156 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2157 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2158 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2159 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2160 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2614 \begin_layout Standard
2615 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2621 \begin_layout Standard
2622 You're probably also wondering what
2623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2627 \begin_inset space ~
2631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2635 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2636 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2641 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2646 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2656 headings, there are also
2664 headings, and so on.
2665 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2666 \begin_inset space ~
2670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2672 reference "sub:Headings"
2679 \begin_layout Subsection
2684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2691 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2693 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2712 \begin_layout Standard
2713 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2715 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2726 \begin_inset space ~
2731 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2733 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2734 to use for your document.
2735 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2739 \begin_layout Standard
2743 \begin_inset space ~
2752 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2753 You can choose between the following five options:
2756 \begin_layout Labeling
2757 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2762 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2765 \begin_layout Labeling
2766 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2771 No page numbers or headings.
2774 \begin_layout Labeling
2775 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2783 \begin_layout Labeling
2784 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2789 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2790 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2791 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2794 \begin_layout Labeling
2795 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2800 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2810 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
2816 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2817 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2819 Check the documentation for the
2823 package for more details,
2824 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
2833 \begin_layout Standard
2838 of paragraphs is described in section
2839 \begin_inset space ~
2843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2845 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2852 \begin_layout Subsection
2853 Paper Size and Orientation
2857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2858 Document ! Paper size
2864 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2866 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2873 \begin_layout Standard
2874 You'll find the following options in the menu
2877 \begin_inset space ~
2882 of the dialog of the
2884 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2902 \begin_layout Labeling
2903 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2908 What size paper to print on.
2912 \begin_layout Itemize
2918 \begin_layout Itemize
2928 \begin_layout Itemize
2934 \begin_layout Itemize
2940 \begin_layout Itemize
2946 \begin_layout Itemize
2952 \begin_layout Itemize
2958 \begin_layout Labeling
2959 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2964 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2975 \begin_layout Labeling
2976 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2980 \begin_inset space ~
2985 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2986 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2989 \begin_layout Subsection
2994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3001 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3020 \begin_layout Standard
3021 Paper margins are set in the menu
3023 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3041 \begin_layout Standard
3042 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3043 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3044 the paper format and the font size into account.
3047 \begin_layout Subsection
3051 \begin_layout Standard
3052 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3057 That includes the paragraph environments.
3058 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3059 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3060 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3061 paragraph environments to
3065 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3066 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3067 the conversion and why it failed.
3070 \begin_layout Section
3071 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3076 Paragraph ! Indentation
3084 \begin_layout Subsection
3086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3088 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3095 \begin_layout Standard
3096 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3097 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3100 \begin_layout Standard
3101 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3102 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3103 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3104 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3108 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3114 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3115 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3116 language than English.
3117 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3120 \begin_layout Standard
3121 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3122 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3124 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3125 LyX takes care of that.
3126 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3128 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3129 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3130 of a page, and so on.
3134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3135 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3140 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3141 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3145 of these pre-coded spacings.
3146 We'll explain more later.
3149 \begin_layout Subsection
3150 Paragraph Separation
3154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3155 Paragraph ! Separation
3163 \begin_layout Standard
3164 To separate paragraphs, select
3175 \begin_inset space ~
3182 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3195 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3196 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3197 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3200 \begin_layout Standard
3210 \begin_layout Standard
3211 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3212 \begin_inset space ~
3216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3218 reference "cap:Units"
3223 The default length is 30
3224 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3230 \begin_layout Subsection
3234 \begin_layout Standard
3235 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3238 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3240 \begin_inset space ~
3245 dialog and toggle the
3248 \begin_inset space ~
3253 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3254 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3255 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3259 \begin_layout Standard
3260 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3261 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3264 \begin_layout Subsection
3269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3270 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3278 \begin_layout Standard
3281 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3294 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3297 \begin_inset space ~
3306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3307 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3316 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3321 installed to use this feature.
3329 \begin_layout Section
3330 Paragraph Environments
3334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3335 Paragraph ! Environments
3341 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3343 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3352 Paragraph environments|(
3360 \begin_layout Subsection
3364 \begin_layout Standard
3365 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
3368 \begin_layout Standard
3387 \begin_inset Newline newline
3390 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
3391 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3392 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3401 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3404 \begin_layout Standard
3405 A paragraph environment is simply a
3406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3413 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3414 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3415 scheme, labels, and so on.
3416 Additionally, you can
3417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3424 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3425 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3426 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3427 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3428 days of typewriters.
3429 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3431 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3434 \begin_layout Standard
3435 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3437 LyX will change the environment of the
3441 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3442 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3443 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3447 \begin_layout Standard
3456 create a new paragraph using the
3460 paragraph environment.
3462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3469 because if you are in one of these environments:
3472 \begin_layout Itemize
3478 \begin_layout Itemize
3484 \begin_layout Itemize
3490 \begin_layout Itemize
3496 \begin_layout Itemize
3502 \begin_layout Itemize
3508 \begin_layout Itemize
3514 \begin_layout Standard
3515 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3519 , rather than resetting it to
3524 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3525 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3526 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3527 \begin_inset space ~
3531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3533 reference "sec:Nesting"
3538 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3543 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3544 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3552 \begin_layout Subsection
3556 \begin_layout Standard
3557 The default paragraph environment is
3562 It creates a plain paragraph.
3563 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3564 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3565 this manual) are in the
3572 \begin_layout Standard
3573 You can nest a paragraph using the
3577 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3585 \begin_layout Subsection
3590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3599 \begin_layout Standard
3600 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3609 for thanks or contact information.
3610 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3611 page along with today's date.
3612 For other types of documents, the title
3613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3620 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3624 \begin_layout Standard
3625 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3639 Here's how you use them:
3642 \begin_layout Itemize
3643 Put the title of your document in the
3650 \begin_layout Itemize
3651 Put the author name in the
3658 \begin_layout Itemize
3659 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3660 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3666 Note that using this environment is optional.
3667 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3668 If you don't want any date, add the line
3669 \begin_inset Newline newline
3679 \begin_inset Newline newline
3682 to the preamble of your document (menu
3684 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3690 \begin_layout Standard
3691 You can use footnotes to insert
3692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3699 or contact informations.
3702 \begin_layout Subsection
3707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3723 \begin_layout Standard
3724 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3725 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3728 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3734 Section headings ! Numbered
3742 \begin_layout Standard
3743 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3747 \begin_layout Enumerate
3753 \begin_layout Enumerate
3759 \begin_layout Enumerate
3765 \begin_layout Enumerate
3771 \begin_layout Enumerate
3777 \begin_layout Enumerate
3783 \begin_layout Enumerate
3789 \begin_layout Standard
3790 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3791 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3792 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3795 \begin_layout Standard
3796 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3797 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3798 You group the book into chapters.
3799 LyX does similar grouping:
3802 \begin_layout Itemize
3807 is divided in either
3816 \begin_layout Itemize
3828 \begin_layout Itemize
3840 \begin_layout Itemize
3852 \begin_layout Itemize
3864 \begin_layout Itemize
3876 \begin_layout Standard
3877 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3885 Not all document types use the
3889 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3894 is the top-level heading.
3902 \begin_layout Standard
3907 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3908 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3910 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3922 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3928 Section headings ! Unnumbered
3936 \begin_layout Standard
3937 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3941 \begin_layout Enumerate
3947 \begin_layout Enumerate
3953 \begin_layout Enumerate
3959 \begin_layout Enumerate
3965 \begin_layout Enumerate
3971 \begin_layout Standard
3973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3980 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3981 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3982 table of contents, see section
3983 \begin_inset space ~
3987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3996 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3997 Changing the Numbering
3998 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4000 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4007 \begin_layout Standard
4008 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4009 in the Table of Contents.
4010 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4012 Certain classes start with
4026 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4036 This is something you can change.
4039 \begin_layout Standard
4042 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4062 \begin_inset space ~
4066 \begin_inset space ~
4071 you'll see two counters.
4076 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4078 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4082 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4083 Short Titles of Headings
4087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4088 Section headings ! Short titles
4097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4104 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4106 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4113 \begin_layout Standard
4114 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4115 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4116 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4117 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4120 \begin_layout Standard
4121 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4122 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4123 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4124 To specify a short title, use the menu
4126 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4128 \begin_inset space ~
4134 This will insert a box labeled
4135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4150 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4151 This also works for captions inside floats.
4154 \begin_layout Standard
4155 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4158 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4162 \begin_layout Standard
4163 The following information applies to all section headings:
4166 \begin_layout Itemize
4167 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4170 \begin_layout Itemize
4171 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4174 \begin_layout Itemize
4175 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4178 \begin_layout Itemize
4179 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4182 \begin_layout Subsection
4183 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4186 \begin_layout Standard
4187 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4201 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4202 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4203 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4204 the text they contain.
4205 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4213 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4216 \begin_layout Standard
4217 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4226 when you start a new paragraph.
4227 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4231 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4232 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4233 to change back to the
4237 environment yourself.
4240 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4250 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4269 \begin_layout Standard
4270 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4271 time for the differences.
4280 are identical except for one difference:
4284 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4293 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4296 \begin_layout Standard
4297 Here's an example of the
4310 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4312 See -- no indentation!
4316 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4317 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4318 the other paragraph.
4321 \begin_layout Standard
4322 Here's another example, this time in the
4329 \begin_layout Quotation
4335 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4336 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4337 the first line, then
4341 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4345 you were quoting other text.
4348 \begin_layout Quotation
4349 Here's a new paragraph.
4350 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4351 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4354 \begin_layout Standard
4355 As the examples show,
4359 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4360 They should put quotes in the
4365 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4369 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4372 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4409 \begin_layout Standard
4414 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4420 \begin_inset Newline newline
4423 Which I did not rehearse!
4427 It could be much worse.
4428 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4430 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4431 indented a bit more than the first.
4432 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4438 \begin_inset Newline newline
4441 And make things look fine
4442 \begin_inset Newline newline
4452 \begin_layout Standard
4457 does not indent both margins.
4458 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4459 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4470 \begin_layout Subsection
4475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4491 \begin_layout Standard
4492 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4502 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4511 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4512 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4513 some general features of all four of them.
4516 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4520 \begin_layout Standard
4521 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4523 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4532 reset the environment to
4536 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4537 The nesting depth is not also kept.
4538 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4543 to break paragraphs.
4546 \begin_layout Standard
4547 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4548 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4550 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4551 you read all of section
4552 \begin_inset space ~
4556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4558 reference "sec:Nesting"
4566 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4582 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4591 \begin_layout Standard
4592 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4596 paragraph environment.
4597 It has the following properties:
4600 \begin_layout Itemize
4601 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4605 \begin_layout Itemize
4606 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4609 \begin_layout Itemize
4610 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4614 \begin_layout Itemize
4615 The items can have any length.
4616 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4617 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4624 \begin_layout Itemize
4629 environment inside another
4633 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4637 \begin_layout Itemize
4638 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4641 \begin_layout Itemize
4642 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4645 \begin_layout Itemize
4647 \begin_inset space ~
4651 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4653 reference "sec:Nesting"
4657 for a full explanation of nesting.
4661 \begin_layout Standard
4662 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4671 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4674 \begin_layout Standard
4675 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4676 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4677 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4680 \begin_layout Itemize
4681 The label for the first level
4685 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4689 \begin_layout Itemize
4690 The label for the second level is a dash.
4694 \begin_layout Itemize
4695 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4699 \begin_layout Itemize
4700 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4704 \begin_layout Itemize
4705 Back out to the third level.
4709 \begin_layout Itemize
4710 Back to the second level.
4714 \begin_layout Itemize
4715 Back to the outermost level.
4718 \begin_layout Standard
4719 These are the default labels for an
4724 You can customize these labels in the
4726 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4729 dialog in the submenu
4739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4748 \begin_layout Standard
4749 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4750 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4752 \begin_inset space ~
4756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4758 reference "sec:Nesting"
4765 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4783 name "sec:Enumerate"
4790 \begin_layout Standard
4795 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4796 It has these properties:
4799 \begin_layout Enumerate
4800 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4804 \begin_layout Enumerate
4805 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4809 \begin_layout Enumerate
4810 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4813 \begin_layout Enumerate
4818 environment resets the counter to one.
4821 \begin_layout Enumerate
4834 \begin_layout Enumerate
4835 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4836 Items can have any length.
4839 \begin_layout Enumerate
4840 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4843 \begin_layout Enumerate
4844 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4847 \begin_layout Enumerate
4848 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4852 \begin_layout Standard
4861 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4862 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4869 \begin_layout Enumerate
4870 The first level of an
4874 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4878 \begin_layout Enumerate
4879 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4883 \begin_layout Enumerate
4884 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4888 \begin_layout Enumerate
4889 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4892 \begin_layout Enumerate
4893 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4898 \begin_layout Enumerate
4899 Back to the third level
4903 \begin_layout Enumerate
4904 Back to the second level.
4908 \begin_layout Enumerate
4909 Back to the outermost level.
4912 \begin_layout Standard
4913 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4918 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4923 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4927 \begin_layout Standard
4928 There is more to nesting
4932 environments than we've stated here.
4933 You should read section
4934 \begin_inset space ~
4938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4940 reference "sec:Nesting"
4944 to learn more about nesting.
4947 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4963 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4965 name "sec:Description-List"
4972 \begin_layout Standard
4973 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4977 list has no fixed label.
4978 Instead, LyX uses the first
4979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4986 of the first line as the label.
4990 \begin_layout Description
4991 Example: This is an example of the
4998 \begin_layout Standard
4999 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5003 \begin_layout Standard
5005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5012 it is meant that the first hit of the
5016 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5018 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5029 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5030 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5032 \begin_inset space ~
5038 \begin_inset space ~
5042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5044 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5048 for more info.) Here is an example:
5051 \begin_layout Description
5053 \begin_inset space ~
5056 Example: This one shows how to use a
5059 \begin_inset space ~
5071 \begin_layout Description
5072 Usage: You should use the
5076 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5077 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5079 It's not a good idea to use a
5083 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5084 You're better off using
5096 paragraphs into them.
5099 \begin_layout Description
5100 Nesting: You can nest
5104 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5108 \begin_layout Standard
5109 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5110 them from the first line.
5113 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5123 Lists ! Lyx@LyX list
5129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5138 \begin_layout Standard
5143 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5147 \begin_layout Standard
5156 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5157 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5160 \begin_layout Labeling
5161 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5163 \begin_inset space ~
5166 labels LyX uses the first
5167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5174 of each line as the item label.
5179 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5180 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5181 blank as described above.
5184 \begin_layout Labeling
5185 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5186 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5187 the body of the item text.
5188 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5189 label width plus a little extra space.
5193 \begin_layout Labeling
5194 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5196 \begin_inset space ~
5199 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5201 If the label width is larger, the label
5202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5209 into the first line.
5210 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5211 margin of the rest of the item text.
5214 \begin_layout Labeling
5215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5217 \begin_inset space ~
5220 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5225 environment have the same left margin.
5226 \begin_inset Newline newline
5229 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5232 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5234 \begin_inset space ~
5243 \begin_inset space ~
5248 determines the default label width.
5249 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5258 multiple times instead.
5259 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5268 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5271 \begin_inset space ~
5276 every time you alter a label in a
5281 \begin_inset Newline newline
5284 The predefined default width is the length of
5285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5294 \begin_inset Newline newline
5298 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5306 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5307 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5315 \begin_layout Standard
5320 environment the same way like the
5324 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5330 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5334 \begin_layout Standard
5339 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5341 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5343 \begin_inset space ~
5347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5349 reference "sec:Nesting"
5353 to learn about nesting.
5356 \begin_layout Standard
5357 There is yet another feature of the
5361 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5363 You can use additional
5367 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5373 \begin_inset space ~
5377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5379 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5384 Here are some examples:
5387 \begin_layout Labeling
5388 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5389 Left The default for
5396 \begin_layout Labeling
5397 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5398 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5405 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5408 \begin_layout Labeling
5409 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5410 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5414 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5421 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5424 \begin_layout Subsection
5429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5438 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5446 \begin_inset space ~
5454 \begin_layout Standard
5455 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5463 \begin_inset space ~
5469 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5470 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5471 In contrast, you can use the
5478 \begin_inset space ~
5483 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5484 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5488 \begin_layout Standard
5489 Of course, you're not limited to using
5496 \begin_inset space ~
5505 \begin_inset space ~
5510 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5511 some European academic papers.
5514 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5518 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5525 \begin_layout Standard
5530 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5531 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5535 \begin_inset space ~
5540 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5541 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5542 Here's an example of each:
5545 \begin_layout Right Address
5547 \begin_inset Newline newline
5551 \begin_inset Newline newline
5555 \begin_inset Newline newline
5558 When is it? What is today?
5561 \begin_layout Standard
5565 \begin_inset space ~
5571 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5572 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5573 Here's an example of the
5580 \begin_layout Address
5582 \begin_inset Newline newline
5585 Where do I send this
5586 \begin_inset Newline newline
5589 Your post office and country
5592 \begin_layout Standard
5593 As you can see, both
5600 \begin_inset space ~
5605 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5610 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5616 This makes sense, since
5624 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5625 Thus, you have to use
5636 \begin_inset space ~
5639 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5641 \begin_inset space ~
5650 menu) to start a new line in an
5657 \begin_inset space ~
5665 \begin_layout Subsection
5669 \begin_layout Standard
5670 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5671 or list of references.
5672 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5675 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5691 \begin_layout Standard
5696 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5697 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5698 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5699 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5703 in anything else or vice versa.
5709 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5710 The book document classes ignores the
5714 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5718 in a letter document class.
5721 \begin_layout Standard
5726 environment does several things for you.
5727 First, it puts the centered label
5728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5736 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5738 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5739 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5740 the subsequent text.
5741 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5742 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5745 \begin_layout Standard
5746 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5750 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5751 The new paragraph will still be in the
5756 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5757 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5760 \begin_layout Standard
5761 \begin_inset Float figure
5766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5768 \begin_inset Graphics
5769 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5778 \begin_inset Caption
5780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5783 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5804 \begin_layout Standard
5805 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5809 environment, but since this document is in the
5810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5817 class, we can't do this.
5818 We inserted it therefore as figure
5819 \begin_inset space ~
5823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5825 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5830 If you've never heard of an
5831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5838 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5841 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5857 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5859 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5866 \begin_layout Standard
5871 environment is used to list references.
5872 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5873 only use it at the end of the document.
5878 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5881 \begin_layout Standard
5882 When you first open a
5886 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5902 depending on the document class.
5903 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5904 Each paragraph of the
5908 environment is a bibliography entry.
5913 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5914 Each new paragraph is still in the
5921 \begin_layout Standard
5922 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5924 \begin_inset space ~
5928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5930 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5937 \begin_layout Subsection
5944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5945 Paragraph ! LyX code
5951 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5960 \begin_layout Standard
5965 environment is another LyX extension.
5966 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5971 key as a fixed whitespace;
5975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5987 \begin_inset space ~
5992 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5997 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5998 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6016 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6017 So, when you finish using the
6021 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6022 Also, you can nest the
6026 environment inside of others.
6029 \begin_layout Standard
6030 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6033 \begin_layout Itemize
6038 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6050 \begin_layout Itemize
6063 \begin_layout Itemize
6068 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6075 \begin_layout Itemize
6084 \begin_layout Itemize
6085 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6086 You must put at least one
6090 in any line you want blank.
6091 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6094 \begin_layout Itemize
6095 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6099 since that will insert
6104 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6112 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6115 \begin_layout Standard
6119 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6123 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6127 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6131 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6135 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6136 printf("Hello World!
6141 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6145 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6149 \begin_layout Standard
6150 This is just the standard
6151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6162 \begin_layout Standard
6167 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6168 rc-files, and so on.
6169 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6170 as if you used a typewriter.
6174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6175 Paragraph environments|)
6183 \begin_layout Section
6184 Nesting Environments
6188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6189 Nesting ! Environments
6195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6204 \begin_layout Subsection
6208 \begin_layout Standard
6209 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6211 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6213 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6215 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6227 \begin_layout Enumerate
6231 \begin_layout Enumerate
6236 \begin_layout Enumerate
6240 \begin_layout Enumerate
6245 \begin_layout Enumerate
6249 \begin_layout Standard
6250 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6251 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6254 \begin_inset space ~
6258 \begin_inset space ~
6266 \begin_inset space ~
6270 \begin_inset space ~
6279 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6280 will tell you how far you are nested).
6281 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6282 \begin_inset Graphics
6283 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6288 \begin_inset Graphics
6289 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6293 or the convenient key bindings
6301 to change the nesting level.
6302 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6303 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6307 \begin_layout Standard
6308 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6309 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6310 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6311 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6314 \begin_layout Standard
6315 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6316 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6318 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6321 \begin_layout Subsection
6322 What You Can and Can't Nest
6325 \begin_layout Standard
6326 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6327 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6330 \begin_layout Standard
6331 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6332 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6333 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6336 \begin_layout Itemize
6337 Completely unnestable
6340 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6342 other things inside of them.
6345 \begin_layout Itemize
6346 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6350 \begin_layout Standard
6351 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6352 environments have them:
6355 \begin_layout Description
6356 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6357 Can't nest into them.
6361 \begin_layout Itemize
6367 \begin_layout Itemize
6373 \begin_layout Itemize
6379 \begin_layout Itemize
6385 \begin_layout Itemize
6392 \begin_layout Description
6394 \begin_inset space ~
6397 Nestable You can nest them.
6398 You can nest other things into them.
6402 \begin_layout Itemize
6408 \begin_layout Itemize
6414 \begin_layout Itemize
6420 \begin_layout Itemize
6426 \begin_layout Itemize
6432 \begin_layout Itemize
6438 \begin_layout Itemize
6444 \begin_layout Itemize
6451 \begin_layout Description
6452 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6453 You can't nest anything into them.
6457 \begin_layout Itemize
6463 \begin_layout Itemize
6469 \begin_layout Itemize
6475 \begin_layout Itemize
6481 \begin_layout Itemize
6487 \begin_layout Itemize
6493 \begin_layout Itemize
6499 \begin_layout Itemize
6505 \begin_layout Itemize
6511 \begin_layout Itemize
6517 \begin_layout Itemize
6523 \begin_layout Itemize
6529 \begin_layout Itemize
6535 \begin_layout Itemize
6539 \begin_inset space ~
6545 \begin_layout Itemize
6552 \begin_layout Standard
6553 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6561 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6570 \begin_inset space ~
6574 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6578 \begin_inset space ~
6581 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6582 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6583 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6591 \begin_layout Subsection
6592 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6597 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6603 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6605 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6612 \begin_layout Standard
6613 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6614 affected by nesting anyhow.
6618 \begin_layout Itemize
6622 \begin_layout Itemize
6626 \begin_layout Itemize
6630 \begin_layout Standard
6632 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6640 Figures and tables in
6644 are not affected by this.
6649 Have a look at section
6650 \begin_inset space ~
6654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6656 reference "sec:Floats"
6660 for more informations about
6667 \begin_layout Standard
6668 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6669 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6673 \begin_layout Standard
6674 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6682 of its own, it behaves just like a
6683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6690 paragraph environment.
6691 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6695 \begin_layout Standard
6696 Here's an example with a table:
6699 \begin_layout Enumerate
6704 \begin_layout Enumerate
6705 This is (a) and it's nested.
6709 \begin_layout Standard
6710 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6716 \begin_layout Standard
6718 \begin_inset Tabular
6719 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6721 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6722 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6806 \begin_layout Standard
6807 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6814 \begin_layout Enumerate
6816 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6820 \begin_layout Enumerate
6824 \begin_layout Standard
6825 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6828 \begin_layout Enumerate
6833 \begin_layout Enumerate
6834 This is (a) and it's nested.
6838 \begin_layout Standard
6839 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6845 \begin_layout Standard
6847 \begin_inset Tabular
6848 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6850 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6851 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6935 \begin_layout Standard
6936 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6942 \begin_layout Enumerate
6949 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6952 \begin_layout Enumerate
6956 \begin_layout Standard
6957 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6961 \begin_layout Standard
6962 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6964 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6967 \begin_layout Enumerate
6972 \begin_layout Enumerate
6973 This is (a) and it's nested.
6976 \begin_layout Standard
6977 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6983 \begin_layout Standard
6985 \begin_inset Tabular
6986 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6988 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6989 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7073 \begin_layout Standard
7074 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7080 \begin_layout Enumerate
7082 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7090 \begin_layout Enumerate
7094 \begin_layout Standard
7095 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7101 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7102 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7106 \begin_layout Subsection
7107 Usage and General Features
7108 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7110 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7117 \begin_layout Standard
7118 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7127 is the innermost possible depth.
7128 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7131 \begin_layout Enumerate
7132 level #1 - outermost
7136 \begin_layout Enumerate
7141 \begin_layout Enumerate
7146 \begin_layout Enumerate
7151 \begin_layout Itemize
7156 \begin_layout Itemize
7165 \begin_layout Standard
7166 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7167 both of them in the example.
7168 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7178 For example, if we tried to nest another
7183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7193 \begin_layout Subsection
7198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7207 \begin_layout Standard
7208 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7209 We have several examples of nested environments.
7210 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7214 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7215 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7218 \begin_layout Labeling
7219 \labelwidthstring MMM
7220 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7229 \begin_layout Labeling
7230 \labelwidthstring MMM
7231 #2-a This is level #2.
7232 We created it by using
7244 \begin_layout Labeling
7245 \labelwidthstring MMM
7246 #3-a This is level #3.
7247 This time, we just hit
7256 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7269 \begin_layout Standard
7274 environment, nested inside of
7275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7283 So, it's at level #4.
7284 We did this by hitting
7292 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7297 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7313 \begin_layout Standard
7318 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7325 \begin_layout Labeling
7326 \labelwidthstring MMM
7327 #4-a This is level #4.
7332 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7337 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7341 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7346 keep nesting things inside of
7347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7358 \begin_layout Labeling
7359 \labelwidthstring MMM
7360 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7365 \begin_layout Labeling
7366 \labelwidthstring MMM
7367 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7368 and this is level #6.
7369 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7373 \begin_layout Labeling
7374 \labelwidthstring MMM
7375 #5-b Back to level #5.
7388 \begin_layout Labeling
7389 \labelwidthstring MMM
7398 , we're back at level #4.
7402 \begin_layout Labeling
7403 \labelwidthstring MMM
7404 #3-b Back to level #3.
7405 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7409 \begin_layout Labeling
7410 \labelwidthstring MMM
7411 #2-b Back to level #2.
7416 \begin_layout Labeling
7417 \labelwidthstring MMM
7418 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7419 After this sentence, we'll hit
7423 and change the paragraph environment back to
7430 \begin_layout Standard
7431 We could have also used the
7447 environment in place of the
7452 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7455 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7456 Example 2: Inheritance
7459 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7460 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7463 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7473 , after which, we'll change to the
7481 \begin_layout Enumerate
7486 environment, at level #2.
7489 \begin_layout Enumerate
7490 Notice how the nested
7494 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7498 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7502 \begin_layout Standard
7503 We ended this example by hitting
7508 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7512 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7519 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7520 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7533 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7541 \begin_layout Enumerate
7542 This is level #1, in an
7546 paragraph environment.
7547 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7551 \begin_layout Enumerate
7562 Now, what happens if we nest an
7566 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7567 label be? An asterisk?
7571 \begin_layout Itemize
7581 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7582 So, its label is a bullet.
7583 (We got here by using
7591 , then changing the environment to
7599 \begin_layout Itemize
7600 Here's level #4, produced using
7609 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7614 \begin_layout Enumerate
7615 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7617 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7622 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7626 , because we are in the
7650 \begin_layout Enumerate
7655 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7656 type of numbering does LyX use?
7659 \begin_layout Enumerate
7660 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7664 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7667 \begin_layout Enumerate
7672 to decrease the depth after the next
7680 \begin_layout Enumerate
7682 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7686 \begin_layout Enumerate
7688 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7689 numeral as the label.Why?
7692 \begin_layout Enumerate
7693 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7702 Notice, however, that LyX
7706 reset the counter for the label.
7710 \begin_layout Enumerate
7719 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7720 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7721 into the twofold-nested
7729 \begin_layout Enumerate
7730 The same thing happens if we do another
7738 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7741 \begin_layout Standard
7742 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7747 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7761 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7767 The same rule applies for the
7771 environment, as well.
7774 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7775 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7778 \begin_layout Enumerate
7779 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7780 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7781 same detail with how we did it.
7790 \begin_layout Standard
7793 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7795 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7796 example in parentheses someplace.
7797 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7798 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7799 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7803 \begin_layout Enumerate
7808 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7813 Now we'll add verse.
7814 \begin_inset Newline newline
7817 It will get much worse.
7818 \begin_inset Newline newline
7823 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7829 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7830 \begin_inset Newline newline
7833 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7834 \begin_inset Newline newline
7847 \begin_layout Standard
7848 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7854 \begin_layout Standard
7856 \begin_inset Tabular
7857 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7859 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7860 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
7865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
7903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7948 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7952 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7958 \begin_layout Enumerate
7963 : level #1) This is another item.
7964 Note that selecting a
7968 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7969 3 times to put the table inside the
7977 \begin_layout Quotation
7978 We're now ending the
7982 list and changing to
7987 We're still at level #1.
7988 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7989 The next set of paragraphs is a
7990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8004 \begin_inset space ~
8009 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8013 for the letter body.
8018 to preserve the depth.
8019 Remember that you need to use
8023 to create multiple lines inside the
8030 \begin_inset space ~
8040 \begin_layout Right Address
8042 \begin_inset Newline newline
8045 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8046 \begin_inset Newline newline
8052 \begin_layout Address
8054 \begin_inset space ~
8060 \begin_layout Quotation
8061 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8062 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8065 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8066 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8067 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8068 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8069 as soon as possible.
8070 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8073 \begin_layout Quotation
8074 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8075 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8076 with your order, along with payment.
8079 \begin_layout Quotation
8080 We thank you again for your patience.
8083 \begin_layout Address
8085 \begin_inset Newline newline
8092 \begin_layout Quotation
8093 That ends that example!
8096 \begin_layout Standard
8097 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8098 just a few keystrokes.
8099 We could have easily nested an
8120 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8123 \begin_layout Section
8124 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8137 \begin_layout Standard
8138 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8139 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8140 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8141 be broken at the end of a line.
8142 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8146 \begin_layout Subsection
8148 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8150 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8167 \begin_layout Standard
8168 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8170 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8174 Further documentation is given in section
8175 \begin_inset Newline newline
8179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8181 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8189 \begin_layout Standard
8190 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8205 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8214 A protected space is set with
8216 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8217 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8221 \begin_inset space ~
8235 \begin_layout Subsection
8237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8239 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8248 Spacing ! Horizontal
8256 \begin_layout Standard
8257 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8259 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8260 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8264 The length units are listed in Appendix
8265 \begin_inset space ~
8269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8271 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8278 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8282 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8299 \begin_layout Standard
8301 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8305 \begin_inset space \space{}
8308 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8309 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8310 \begin_inset space ~
8314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8316 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8321 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8322 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8329 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8333 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8350 \begin_layout Standard
8352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8359 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8368 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8369 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8370 inside abbreviations:
8375 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8379 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8380 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8384 \begin_inset space \space{}
8390 \begin_layout Standard
8391 or between values and units.
8392 Compare for example this:
8393 \begin_inset Newline newline
8397 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8401 \begin_inset Newline newline
8407 \begin_layout Standard
8408 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8410 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8411 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8413 \begin_inset space ~
8425 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8429 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8436 \begin_layout Standard
8437 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8440 \begin_layout Description
8442 \begin_inset space ~
8446 \begin_inset space ~
8450 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8454 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8458 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8461 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8464 \begin_layout Description
8466 \begin_inset space ~
8470 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8474 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8478 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8482 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8486 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8489 em) space between the arrows.
8492 \begin_layout Description
8494 \begin_inset space ~
8498 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8502 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8506 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8510 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8514 \begin_inset space ~
8518 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8521 em) space between the arrows.
8524 \begin_layout Description
8526 \begin_inset space ~
8530 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8534 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8538 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8542 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8546 \begin_inset space ~
8550 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8553 em) space between the arrows.
8556 \begin_layout Description
8558 \begin_inset space ~
8562 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8566 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8571 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8575 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8578 cm space between the arrows.
8581 \begin_layout Standard
8583 \begin_inset space ~
8587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8589 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8593 lists the different space sizes.
8596 \begin_layout Standard
8597 \begin_inset Float table
8602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8604 \begin_inset Caption
8606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8609 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8613 Width of the different horizotal spaces.
8621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8623 \begin_inset Tabular
8624 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8626 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8627 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8667 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8691 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8715 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8739 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8754 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8767 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8782 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8795 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8810 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8823 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8844 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8862 \begin_layout Standard
8863 Horizontal fills (hfills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
8864 in a uniform fashion.
8865 An hfill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
8866 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
8867 If there is more than one hfill on a line, they divide the available space
8868 equally between themselves.
8872 \begin_layout Standard
8873 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
8878 This is on the left side
8879 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8882 This is on the right
8888 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8892 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8901 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8905 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8909 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8915 \begin_layout Standard
8916 That was an example in the
8922 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8926 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8930 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8933 is one in a standard paragraph.
8934 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
8938 sitting in-between the two arrows.
8941 \begin_layout Standard
8942 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
8943 Here's an example with the
8950 \begin_layout Labeling
8951 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
8953 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8957 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8961 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8965 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8971 \begin_layout Standard
8973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8980 marks the beginning of the item.
8981 (There is actually a
8982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8989 hfill inside of the label of the
8993 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) Hfills work
8995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9002 situations, like two-column mode.
9005 \begin_layout Standard
9006 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9014 If an hfill is at the beginning of a line, and
9018 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9019 This prevents hfills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9020 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9024 option in the space dialog.
9032 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9046 \begin_layout Standard
9047 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9049 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9052 \begin_layout Standard
9053 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9056 What is correct English?:
9057 \begin_inset Newline newline
9061 \begin_inset Newline newline
9065 \begin_inset space ~
9068 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9069 \begin_inset Newline newline
9076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9087 \begin_inset Newline newline
9094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9105 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9111 \begin_layout Standard
9112 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9117 \begin_inset space ~
9121 \begin_inset space ~
9125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9129 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9136 In our case write the command
9143 (note the space after
9144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9151 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9152 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9153 That is why it is named
9154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9166 There exists also the commands
9178 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9179 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9180 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9182 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9194 \begin_layout Subsection
9196 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9198 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9215 \begin_layout Standard
9216 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9218 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9219 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9221 \begin_inset space ~
9227 There you find the following sizes:
9230 \begin_layout Standard
9243 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9248 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9250 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9263 for the paragraph separation.
9264 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9275 \begin_layout Standard
9284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9290 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9291 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9293 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9294 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9303 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9312 s are described in section
9313 \begin_inset space ~
9317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9319 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9328 If there are several
9332 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9333 You can therefore use
9337 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9340 \begin_layout Standard
9345 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9346 \begin_inset space ~
9350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9352 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9359 \begin_layout Standard
9360 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9370 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9371 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9383 \begin_layout Subsection
9387 \begin_layout Standard
9388 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9390 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9394 There are four possibilities:
9397 \begin_layout Itemize
9403 \begin_layout Itemize
9409 \begin_layout Itemize
9415 \begin_layout Itemize
9421 \begin_layout Standard
9422 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9423 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9424 the left and right margins.
9425 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9428 \begin_layout Standard
9430 This paragraph is right aligned,
9433 \begin_layout Standard
9435 this one is centered,
9438 \begin_layout Standard
9440 this one is left aligned.
9443 \begin_layout Subsection
9448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9455 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9457 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9464 \begin_layout Standard
9465 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9466 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9467 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9468 Only if you use many
9472 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9475 \begin_layout Standard
9476 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9477 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9481 have to change the pagebreaking.
9484 \begin_layout Standard
9485 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9487 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9489 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9490 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9492 \begin_inset space ~
9498 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9500 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9501 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9503 \begin_inset space ~
9508 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9510 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9511 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9514 \begin_layout Standard
9515 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9516 at the top of a page.
9517 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9518 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9519 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9520 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9524 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9535 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9537 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9539 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9556 \begin_layout Standard
9557 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9558 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9559 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9560 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9561 if necessary by adding pages.
9564 \begin_layout Standard
9565 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9567 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9568 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9570 \begin_inset space ~
9576 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9578 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9579 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9581 \begin_inset space ~
9585 \begin_inset space ~
9590 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9591 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9594 \begin_layout Subsection
9599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9606 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9608 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9615 \begin_layout Standard
9616 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9618 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9620 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9621 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9623 \begin_inset space ~
9627 \begin_inset space ~
9637 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9639 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9640 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9642 \begin_inset space ~
9646 \begin_inset space ~
9651 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9653 This is necessary to avoid
9654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9661 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9664 \begin_layout Standard
9665 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9666 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9667 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9668 set a linebreak, e.g.
9669 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9670 \begin_inset space ~
9674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9676 reference "sec:Quote"
9681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9683 reference "sec:Verse"
9688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9690 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9697 \begin_layout Subsection
9699 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9701 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9718 \begin_layout Standard
9723 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9724 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9726 \begin_inset space ~
9731 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
9737 \begin_layout Section
9738 Fonts and Text Styles
9739 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9741 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
9748 \begin_layout Subsection
9753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9762 \begin_layout Standard
9763 There are two types of fonts:
9766 \begin_layout Description
9768 \begin_inset space ~
9775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9781 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
9782 characters) in the font.
9783 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
9784 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
9785 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
9786 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
9787 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
9788 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
9789 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
9790 provide a good image.
9791 \begin_inset Newline newline
9794 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
9795 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
9796 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
9797 sizes than at small ones.
9798 \begin_inset Newline newline
9812 \begin_inset space ~
9820 \begin_layout Description
9822 \begin_inset space ~
9829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9835 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
9836 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
9837 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
9838 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
9839 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
9840 picture manipulation program.
9841 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
9842 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
9843 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
9844 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
9845 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9847 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9848 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9849 \begin_inset Newline newline
9852 Bitmap fonts are named
9855 \begin_inset space ~
9860 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9863 \begin_layout Standard
9864 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9865 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9866 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9867 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9871 \begin_layout Standard
9872 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9873 its document properties.
9876 \begin_layout Standard
9877 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9878 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9879 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9880 font to emphasize text, you use an
9881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9889 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9890 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9894 \begin_layout Subsection
9895 Document Font and Font size
9896 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9898 name "sub:Document-Font"
9906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9925 \begin_layout Standard
9926 You can set the document fonts in the
9928 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9942 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9943 font shapes roman (serif),
9946 \begin_inset space ~
9958 \begin_layout Standard
9959 The possible options for the font include
9963 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9968 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9990 European Computer Modern
9993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10003 \begin_layout Standard
10012 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10013 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10018 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10021 \begin_inset space ~
10026 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10032 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10033 There are three ways to use one:
10036 \begin_layout Itemize
10037 One way is to use the
10047 Virtual means that it
10048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10059 -glyphs from other fonts.
10060 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10082 Loading the LaTeX-package
10090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10091 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10096 with the document preamble line
10099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10104 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10108 will fix the guillemet problem.
10113 and that accented characters are not
10117 glyph, they are build of
10121 characters, the accent and the letter.
10122 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10126 fonts for words with accented characters.
10127 If you search for example for the French word
10128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10135 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10144 and not for the glyph
10145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10149 \begin_inset space ~
10153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10159 \begin_layout Itemize
10160 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10173 , consists of these three main font types
10176 \begin_inset space ~
10197 \begin_inset space ~
10207 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10211 \begin_inset space ~
10218 as typewriter font.
10219 \begin_inset Newline newline
10222 The differences between roman,
10225 \begin_inset space ~
10234 fonts are explained in section
10235 \begin_inset space ~
10239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10241 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10246 \begin_inset Newline newline
10252 \begin_inset space ~
10257 was originally designed for newspapers.
10258 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10259 into the small newspaper columns.
10263 \begin_inset space ~
10268 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10271 \begin_layout Itemize
10272 The best solution is to use the
10277 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10284 \begin_layout Standard
10285 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10288 For the font size there are four possible values:
10305 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10308 \begin_layout Standard
10309 The font sizes are the
10314 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10315 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10316 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10319 \begin_inset space ~
10325 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10326 \begin_inset space ~
10330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10332 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10339 \begin_layout Standard
10340 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10344 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10352 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10356 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10357 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10358 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10360 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10363 dialog, see section
10364 \begin_inset space ~
10368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10370 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10382 \begin_layout Subsection
10383 Using Different Character Styles
10387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10406 \begin_layout Standard
10407 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10408 certain paragraph environments.
10409 LyX supports two character styles,
10418 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10422 \begin_layout Standard
10427 style, do one of the following:
10430 \begin_layout Itemize
10431 click on the toolbar button
10432 \begin_inset Graphics
10433 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10440 \begin_layout Itemize
10444 \begin_inset space ~
10450 \begin_layout Standard
10451 These commands are all toggles.
10456 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10459 \begin_layout Standard
10460 One typically uses the
10464 style for proper names.
10466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10473 is the original author of LyX.
10474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10480 \begin_layout Standard
10481 A more widely used character style is the
10486 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10493 \begin_layout Itemize
10494 clicking on the toolbar button
10495 \begin_inset Graphics
10496 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10503 \begin_layout Itemize
10504 using the keybindings
10507 \begin_inset space ~
10513 \begin_layout Standard
10518 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10519 es use a different font.
10522 \begin_layout Standard
10523 We've been using the
10527 style all over the place in this document.
10528 Here's one more example:
10531 \begin_layout Quotation
10534 Don't overuse character styles!
10537 \begin_layout Standard
10538 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10539 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10540 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10541 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10545 \begin_layout Standard
10546 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
10549 \begin_inset space ~
10556 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10558 \begin_inset space ~
10566 \begin_layout Subsection
10567 Fine-Tuning with the
10572 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10574 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10591 \begin_layout Standard
10592 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10593 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10594 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10595 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10596 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10597 from ordinary dialog.
10600 \begin_layout Standard
10601 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10602 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10603 \begin_inset Newline newline
10606 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10607 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10610 \begin_layout Standard
10611 To use custom character styles, open the
10613 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10615 \begin_inset space ~
10621 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10622 font property which you can choose.
10623 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10626 \begin_inset space ~
10631 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10636 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10637 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10638 environments in a snap.
10641 \begin_layout Standard
10642 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10645 \begin_inset space ~
10657 \begin_layout Labeling
10658 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10672 The possible options are:
10676 \begin_layout Labeling
10677 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10682 This is the Roman font family.
10683 Normally a serif font.
10684 It's also the default family.
10689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10701 \begin_inset space ~
10710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10718 \begin_inset Note Note
10721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10722 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
10723 It is explained in section
10724 \begin_inset space ~
10728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10730 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
10742 \begin_layout Labeling
10743 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10747 \begin_inset space ~
10754 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10773 \begin_inset space ~
10782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10792 \begin_layout Labeling
10793 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10800 This is the Typewriter font family.
10807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10819 \begin_inset space ~
10828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10841 \begin_layout Labeling
10842 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10847 This corresponds to the print weight.
10852 \begin_layout Labeling
10853 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10858 This is the Medium font series.
10859 It's also the default series.
10862 \begin_layout Labeling
10863 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10870 This is the Bold font series.
10877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10889 \begin_inset space ~
10898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10909 \begin_layout Labeling
10910 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10915 As the name implies.
10920 \begin_layout Labeling
10921 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10926 This is the Upright font shape.
10927 It's also the default shape.
10930 \begin_layout Labeling
10931 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10945 s the Italic font shape
10951 \begin_layout Labeling
10952 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10959 This is the Slanted font shape
10961 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10964 \begin_layout Labeling
10965 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10969 \begin_inset space ~
10976 This is the Small caps font shape
10983 \begin_layout Labeling
10984 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10989 Alters the size of the font.
10990 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10991 nal to the document font size.
10992 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10993 what you want to do.
10998 \begin_layout Labeling
10999 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11033 \begin_inset space ~
11042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11065 \begin_inset space ~
11074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11084 \begin_layout Labeling
11085 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11119 \begin_inset space ~
11128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11138 \begin_layout Labeling
11139 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11173 \begin_inset space ~
11182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11205 \begin_inset space ~
11214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11224 \begin_layout Labeling
11225 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11259 \begin_inset space ~
11268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11291 \begin_inset space ~
11300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11310 \begin_layout Labeling
11311 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11325 It's also the default size.
11330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11342 \begin_inset space ~
11351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11374 \begin_inset space ~
11383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11393 \begin_layout Labeling
11394 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11428 \begin_inset space ~
11437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11460 \begin_inset space ~
11469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11479 \begin_layout Labeling
11480 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11514 \begin_inset space ~
11523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11546 \begin_inset space ~
11555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11565 \begin_layout Labeling
11566 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11600 \begin_inset space ~
11609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11619 \begin_layout Labeling
11620 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11654 \begin_inset space ~
11663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11686 \begin_inset space ~
11695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11705 \begin_layout Labeling
11706 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11740 \begin_inset space ~
11749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11772 \begin_inset space ~
11781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11792 \begin_layout Standard
11797 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11798 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11799 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11800 - use that instead.
11801 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11804 \begin_layout Labeling
11805 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11810 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11815 \begin_layout Labeling
11816 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11823 This is text with emphasize on
11826 This might seem like the same as
11830 , but it is actually a bit different.
11836 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11838 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11841 \begin_layout Labeling
11842 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11849 This is text with Underbar on.
11856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11868 \begin_inset space ~
11877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11887 \begin_inset Newline newline
11892 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11893 when you couldn't change fonts.
11894 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11895 It's only included in LyX because some people
11899 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11902 \begin_layout Labeling
11903 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11910 This is text with Noun on.
11917 , this is a logical attribute.
11918 Normally it's equivalent to
11921 \begin_inset space ~
11930 \begin_layout Labeling
11931 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11936 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11937 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
11941 \begin_inset space ~
11946 , which is the default
11947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11954 and means normally black, you can choose between
11990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11999 \begin_layout Labeling
12000 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12005 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12006 the language of the document.
12007 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12011 \begin_layout Standard
12012 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12013 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12015 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12017 \begin_inset space ~
12022 dialog, the settings are saved.
12023 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12024 \begin_inset Graphics
12025 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12030 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12031 when the dialog isn't visible.
12035 \begin_layout Standard
12036 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12039 \begin_inset space ~
12045 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12046 (suppose you just set the shape to
12047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12065 \begin_inset space ~
12077 \begin_layout Standard
12078 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12086 \begin_inset space ~
12098 \begin_layout Itemize
12104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12111 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12129 \begin_inset Newline newline
12136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12161 \begin_inset Note Note
12164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12165 For more on phantoms see section
12166 \begin_inset space ~
12170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12172 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12182 \begin_inset Newline newline
12188 \begin_layout Itemize
12193 fonts use characters with serifs.
12194 These are the small
12195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12202 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12203 The following example will show the difference:
12204 \begin_inset Newline newline
12208 \begin_inset Newline newline
12213 text without serifs
12216 \begin_inset Newline newline
12219 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12220 They are therefore used as default font (named
12227 \begin_layout Itemize
12233 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12234 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12237 \begin_layout Standard
12238 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12239 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12242 \begin_layout Section
12243 Printing and Previewing
12246 \begin_layout Subsection
12250 \begin_layout Standard
12251 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12252 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12253 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12254 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12255 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12258 \begin_inset space ~
12266 \begin_layout Standard
12267 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12268 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12269 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12270 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12271 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12272 This happens in two stages:
12275 \begin_layout Enumerate
12276 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12277 generating a file with the extension,
12278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12292 \begin_layout Enumerate
12293 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12297 file to produce printable output.
12301 \begin_layout Subsection
12302 Output file formats
12306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12313 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12315 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12322 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12328 File formats ! ASCII
12336 \begin_layout Standard
12337 This file type has the extension
12338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12350 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12354 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12361 \begin_layout Standard
12362 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12364 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12365 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12371 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12377 File formats ! Latex@LaTeX
12385 \begin_layout Standard
12386 This file type has the extension
12387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12398 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12400 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12401 it manually with console commands.
12402 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12403 you view or export your document.
12406 \begin_layout Standard
12407 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12409 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12410 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12427 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12441 \begin_layout Standard
12442 This file type has the extension
12443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12463 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12464 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12465 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12467 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12471 \begin_layout Standard
12472 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12480 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12481 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12486 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12487 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12488 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12489 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12492 \begin_layout Standard
12493 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12495 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12496 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12502 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12508 File formats ! PostScript
12516 \begin_layout Standard
12517 This file type has the extension
12518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12530 PostScript was developed by the company
12534 as printer language.
12535 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12537 PostScript can be seen as
12538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12541 programming language
12542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12545 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12550 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12560 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12570 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12573 \begin_layout Standard
12574 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12578 Encapsulated PostScript
12579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12582 (EPS, file extension
12583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12595 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12596 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12597 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12598 whenever you view or export your document.
12599 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12600 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12601 EPS to avoid this problem.
12604 \begin_layout Standard
12605 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12607 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12608 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12614 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12638 \begin_layout Standard
12639 This file type has the extension
12640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12656 Portable Document Format
12657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12660 (PDF) is developed by
12664 as derivative from PostScript.
12665 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12674 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12675 looks exactly the same.
12678 \begin_layout Standard
12679 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12683 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12687 (JPG, file extension
12688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12715 Portable Network Graphics
12716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12719 (PNG, file extension
12720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12732 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12733 in the background to one of these formats.
12734 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12735 will slow down your workflow.
12736 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12739 \begin_layout Standard
12740 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12742 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12745 in three different ways:
12748 \begin_layout Description
12749 PDF This uses the program
12753 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12754 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12758 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12759 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12762 \begin_layout Description
12764 \begin_inset space ~
12767 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12771 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12775 \begin_layout Description
12777 \begin_inset space ~
12780 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12784 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12787 \begin_layout Standard
12788 We recommend to use
12791 \begin_inset space ~
12800 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12806 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12809 \begin_layout Subsection
12814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12823 \begin_layout Standard
12824 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12825 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12829 and choose a file type.
12830 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12833 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12836 you can use the toolbar button
12837 \begin_inset Graphics
12838 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12848 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12850 \begin_inset space ~
12855 you can use the toolbar button
12856 \begin_inset Graphics
12857 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
12864 \begin_layout Standard
12865 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12866 viewer window using the menu
12868 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12874 \begin_layout Standard
12875 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12877 To have a real output, export your document.
12880 \begin_layout Subsection
12881 Printing the File from within LyX
12882 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12884 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12891 \begin_layout Standard
12892 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12893 it directly from within LyX.
12894 To print a file, select the menu
12896 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12899 or click on the toolbar button
12900 \begin_inset Graphics
12901 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12906 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12907 This file is then processed by the program
12911 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12916 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12919 \begin_layout Standard
12920 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12921 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
12922 printing one set to print on the other side.
12923 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12924 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12925 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12928 \begin_layout Standard
12929 You can set the parameters in the
12932 \begin_inset space ~
12940 \begin_layout Labeling
12941 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12946 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12951 Note that this printer name is for the program
12960 has to be configured for this printer name.
12961 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
12962 \begin_inset space ~
12966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12968 reference "sub:Printer"
12977 The printer should understand PostScript.
12980 \begin_layout Labeling
12981 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12986 The name of a file to print to.
12987 The output will be a PostScript file.
12988 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
12992 \begin_layout Section
12993 A few Words about Typography
12997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13006 \begin_layout Subsection
13011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13018 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13027 \begin_layout Standard
13029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13040 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13055 \begin_layout Enumerate
13057 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13061 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13079 \begin_layout Enumerate
13081 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13085 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13116 \begin_layout Enumerate
13118 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13122 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13166 \begin_layout Enumerate
13168 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13172 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13176 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13194 \begin_layout Standard
13195 You generate them by inserting the
13196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13207 character multiple times in a row.
13208 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13209 final output, but not in LyX.
13212 \begin_layout Standard
13213 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13214 math mode and has a length of its own.
13215 Here are some examples of the
13216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13230 \begin_layout Enumerate
13231 line- and page-breaks
13232 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13242 \begin_layout Enumerate
13244 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13254 \begin_layout Enumerate
13255 Oh --- there's a dash.
13256 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13266 \begin_layout Enumerate
13267 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13271 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13281 \begin_layout Subsection
13286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13293 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13295 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13302 \begin_layout Standard
13303 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13304 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13313 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! babel
13318 following the rules of the document language
13322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13323 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13331 \begin_inset space ~
13335 \begin_inset space ~
13342 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13353 \begin_layout Standard
13354 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13359 and with unusual constructs, like
13360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13368 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13369 This is done with the menu
13371 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13372 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13374 \begin_inset space ~
13380 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13381 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13384 \begin_layout Standard
13385 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13386 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13387 a hyphen and a space in the form
13388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13396 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13404 as hyphenation possibility.
13405 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13406 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13407 of the LaTeX-box-command
13413 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13414 As LyX doesn't support
13420 , we have to use ERT.
13421 The result looks in LyX like:
13424 \begin_layout Standard
13425 \begin_inset Graphics
13426 filename clipart/mbox.png
13433 \begin_layout Standard
13434 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section
13435 \begin_inset space ~
13439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13441 reference "sec:ERT"
13448 \begin_layout Subsection
13453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13462 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13463 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13464 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13466 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13473 \begin_layout Standard
13474 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13475 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13476 LaTeX then adds the
13477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13480 appropriate amount of space
13481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13485 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13487 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13490 \begin_layout Standard
13491 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13505 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13506 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13509 \begin_layout Standard
13510 Here are some examples of
13514 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13517 \begin_layout Itemize
13522 \begin_layout Itemize
13527 \begin_layout Standard
13528 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13531 \begin_layout Itemize
13534 this is too much space!
13537 \begin_layout Itemize
13542 \begin_layout Standard
13543 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13546 \begin_layout Standard
13547 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13550 \begin_layout Enumerate
13554 \begin_inset space ~
13559 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13560 \begin_inset space ~
13564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13566 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13575 Spaces ! inter-word
13583 \begin_layout Enumerate
13587 \begin_inset space ~
13592 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13593 \begin_inset space ~
13597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13599 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13616 \begin_layout Enumerate
13620 \begin_inset space ~
13624 \begin_inset space ~
13628 \begin_inset space ~
13635 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13637 \begin_inset space ~
13642 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13643 This function is also bound to
13650 \begin_layout Standard
13651 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13654 \begin_layout Itemize
13656 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13660 \begin_inset space \space{}
13663 this is too much space!
13666 \begin_layout Itemize
13667 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13671 \begin_layout Standard
13672 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13673 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13674 LaTeX will care about this.
13677 \begin_layout Standard
13678 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13681 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13683 \begin_inset space ~
13688 feature described in section
13699 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13705 Typography ! Quotes
13714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13752 \begin_layout Standard
13753 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13754 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13755 and use a closing quote at the end.
13757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13765 The keyboard character,
13769 , generates this automatically.
13772 \begin_layout Standard
13773 You can change the behavior of the
13777 key using the submenu
13783 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13791 Document ! Settings
13799 \begin_layout Standard
13800 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13805 There are six choices:
13808 \begin_layout Labeling
13809 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13821 Use quotes like this
13822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13830 \begin_inset Quotes els
13834 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13840 \begin_layout Labeling
13841 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13844 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13848 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13854 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13858 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13862 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13868 \begin_layout Labeling
13869 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13872 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13876 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13882 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13886 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13890 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13894 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13900 \begin_layout Labeling
13901 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13904 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13908 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13914 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13918 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13922 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13926 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13932 \begin_layout Labeling
13933 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13936 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13940 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13946 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13950 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13954 \begin_inset Quotes fls
13958 \begin_inset Quotes frs
13964 \begin_layout Labeling
13965 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13968 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13972 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13978 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13982 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13986 \begin_inset Quotes als
13990 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13996 \begin_layout Standard
13997 These settings affects what character the
14004 \begin_layout Subsection
14009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14010 Typography ! Ligatures
14019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14048 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14050 name "sub:Ligatures"
14057 \begin_layout Standard
14058 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14059 print them as single characters.
14060 These groups are known as
14065 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14067 Here are the standard ligatures:
14070 \begin_layout Itemize
14074 \begin_layout Itemize
14078 \begin_layout Itemize
14082 \begin_layout Itemize
14086 \begin_layout Itemize
14090 \begin_layout Standard
14091 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14094 \begin_layout Standard
14095 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14096 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14104 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14120 To break a ligature, use
14122 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14123 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14125 \begin_inset space ~
14132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14143 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14160 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14168 \begin_layout Subsection
14173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14174 Lyx@LyX ! Proper names
14180 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14182 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14189 \begin_layout Standard
14190 You have surely noticed, that the word
14191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14198 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14199 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14200 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14220 \begin_inset Note Note
14223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14224 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
14225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14232 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14233 To create proper names omit the ERT.
14238 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14242 \begin_layout Description
14243 LyX The name of the game, write
14244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14265 \begin_layout Description
14266 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14288 \begin_layout Description
14289 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14311 \begin_layout Description
14312 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14334 \begin_layout Standard
14335 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14340 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14348 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14349 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14350 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14353 : The actual version is
14354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14361 , the previous one was
14362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14372 \begin_layout Standard
14373 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14374 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
14375 This will look in LyX like:
14376 \begin_inset Graphics
14377 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14382 \begin_inset Newline newline
14385 For more about ERT, look at section
14386 \begin_inset space ~
14390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14392 reference "sec:ERT"
14399 \begin_layout Subsection
14404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14413 \begin_layout Standard
14414 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14415 space between two words.
14416 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14426 for units use the menu
14428 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14429 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14431 \begin_inset space ~
14443 \begin_layout Standard
14444 Here's an example to show the differences:
14447 \begin_layout Standard
14448 \begin_inset Tabular
14449 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14451 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14452 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14459 \begin_inset space ~
14463 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14475 space between number and unit
14482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14487 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14491 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14503 half space between number and unit
14516 \begin_layout Subsection
14521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14522 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14528 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14537 \begin_layout Standard
14538 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14540 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14541 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14542 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14543 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14544 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14545 These dangly-bits of text became known as
14556 \begin_layout Standard
14557 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14558 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14559 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14560 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14561 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14562 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14563 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14566 \begin_layout Standard
14567 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14568 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14569 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14570 \begin_inset space ~
14574 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14576 key "latexcompanion"
14581 \begin_inset space ~
14585 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14591 ] may have more information.
14592 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14595 \begin_layout Chapter
14596 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14597 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14599 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14606 \begin_layout Standard
14607 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14612 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14615 \begin_layout Section
14620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14627 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14636 \begin_layout Standard
14637 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14640 \begin_layout Description
14642 \begin_inset space ~
14645 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14646 \begin_inset Newline newline
14650 \begin_inset Note Note
14653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14654 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14662 \begin_layout Description
14663 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14664 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14666 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14667 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14668 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14671 \begin_inset Newline newline
14675 \begin_inset Note Comment
14678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14679 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14687 \begin_layout Description
14689 \begin_inset space ~
14692 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14693 \begin_inset Newline newline
14697 \begin_inset Newline newline
14701 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14710 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14711 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14712 How this can be done is explained in the
14721 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14727 \begin_inset Newline newline
14731 \begin_inset Newline newline
14734 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14735 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14738 \begin_layout Description
14739 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
14741 \begin_inset Box Framed
14750 height_special "totalheight"
14753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14754 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
14759 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section
14760 \begin_inset space ~
14764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14766 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
14770 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
14774 \begin_layout Description
14775 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
14776 \begin_inset Box Shaded
14785 height_special "totalheight"
14788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14789 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
14794 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
14795 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
14798 \begin_layout Standard
14799 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14800 \begin_inset Graphics
14801 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14803 scaleBeforeRotation
14809 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14813 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14816 \begin_layout Section
14821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14830 name "sec:Footnotes"
14837 \begin_layout Standard
14838 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14841 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14844 or the toolbar button
14845 \begin_inset Graphics
14846 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14859 \begin_inset Graphics
14860 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14870 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14899 label, the box will
14903 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14904 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14917 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
14933 \begin_layout Standard
14934 Here's an example footnote:
14942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14943 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
14951 \begin_layout Standard
14952 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
14953 position where the footnote box is placed.
14954 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
14955 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
14956 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
14957 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
14958 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
14963 ey are described in the
14970 \begin_layout Section
14975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14982 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14984 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
14991 \begin_layout Standard
14992 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
14993 When you insert a margin note via the menu
14995 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14997 \begin_inset space ~
15002 or the toolbar button
15003 \begin_inset Graphics
15004 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15031 appearing within your text.
15032 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15041 \begin_layout Standard
15042 At the side is an example marginal note.
15046 \begin_inset Marginal
15049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15050 This is a marginal note.
15058 \begin_layout Standard
15059 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15060 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15061 pages, right on odd pages.
15064 \begin_layout Section
15065 Graphics and Images
15069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15088 name "sec:Graphics"
15095 \begin_layout Standard
15096 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15097 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15098 \begin_inset Graphics
15099 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15105 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15109 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15112 \begin_layout Standard
15113 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15118 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15119 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
15120 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15122 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15123 \begin_inset space ~
15127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15129 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15136 \begin_layout Standard
15141 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15142 of the image in the output.
15143 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15147 \begin_inset space ~
15151 \begin_inset space ~
15160 \begin_inset space ~
15164 \begin_inset space ~
15168 \begin_inset space ~
15173 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15174 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15182 \begin_layout Standard
15183 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
15188 You can also set the
15192 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
15193 This option is explained in section
15194 \begin_inset space ~
15198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15200 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15208 \begin_inset space ~
15213 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
15214 image size is printed.
15217 \begin_layout Standard
15218 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
15219 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15221 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
15222 centered paragraph:
15225 \begin_layout Standard
15227 \begin_inset Graphics
15228 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15230 rotateOrigin center
15237 \begin_layout Standard
15238 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15239 the image into a float, see section
15240 \begin_inset space ~
15244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15246 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15253 \begin_layout Subsection
15258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15265 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15267 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15274 \begin_layout Standard
15275 You can insert images in any known file format.
15276 But as we explained in section
15277 \begin_inset space ~
15281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15283 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15287 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15288 LyX uses therefore the program
15292 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15293 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15294 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15295 \begin_inset space ~
15299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15301 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15308 \begin_layout Standard
15309 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15312 \begin_layout Description
15314 \begin_inset space ~
15317 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15318 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15319 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15323 Graphics Interchange Format
15324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15327 (GIF, file extension
15328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15375 Portable Network Graphics
15376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15379 (PNG, file extension
15380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15427 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15431 (JPG, file extension
15432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15490 \begin_layout Description
15492 \begin_inset space ~
15495 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15497 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15498 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15499 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15500 \begin_inset Newline newline
15503 Scalable image formats can be
15504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15507 Scalable Vector Graphics
15508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15511 (SVG, file extension
15512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15559 Encapsulated PostScript
15560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15563 (EPS, file extension
15564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15611 Portable Document Format
15612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15615 (PDF, file extension
15616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15638 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15639 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15640 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15646 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15654 \begin_layout Standard
15655 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15659 \begin_layout Section
15664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15671 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15680 \begin_layout Standard
15681 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15682 \begin_inset Graphics
15683 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15690 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15694 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15695 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15696 from the rest of the table.
15697 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15698 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15700 Here's an example table:
15703 \begin_layout Standard
15705 \begin_inset Tabular
15706 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15708 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15709 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15710 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15711 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15911 \begin_layout Subsection
15915 \begin_layout Standard
15916 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15917 brings up the table dialog.
15918 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15919 where the cursor is placed currently.
15920 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
15921 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15922 done on all of your selection.
15925 \begin_layout Standard
15926 Additionally to the table dialog the
15929 \begin_inset space ~
15934 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
15936 It is for example currently only possible to add
15937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15941 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15944 delete lines via the table toolbar.
15947 \begin_layout Standard
15951 \begin_inset space ~
15956 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
15957 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
15958 current cell respectively.
15959 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
15961 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
15962 of text, see section
15963 \begin_inset space ~
15967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15969 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
15976 \begin_layout Standard
15977 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
15983 This will merge the cells to
15987 cell, spread over more than one column.
15988 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
15989 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
15990 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
15991 in the last row without the upper border:
15994 \begin_layout Standard
15996 \begin_inset Tabular
15997 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
15998 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
15999 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16000 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16001 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16002 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16013 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16022 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16098 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16133 \begin_layout Standard
16134 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16135 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16136 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16137 explained in the tables section of the
16140 \begin_inset space ~
16146 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16147 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16150 degrees counterclockwise.
16151 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16154 \begin_layout Standard
16155 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16163 Most DVI-viewers are
16167 able to display rotations.
16175 \begin_layout Standard
16180 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16185 adds lines for all cell borders.
16188 \begin_layout Subsection
16193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16194 Tables ! Longtables
16203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16212 \begin_layout Standard
16213 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16216 \begin_inset space ~
16220 \begin_inset space ~
16229 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16230 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16233 \begin_layout Description
16238 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16239 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16240 except for the first page, if
16243 \begin_inset space ~
16251 \begin_layout Description
16255 \begin_inset space ~
16260 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16261 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16264 \begin_layout Description
16269 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16270 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16271 except for the last page, if
16274 \begin_inset space ~
16282 \begin_layout Description
16286 \begin_inset space ~
16291 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16292 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16295 \begin_layout Standard
16296 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
16297 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16298 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16299 The others will then be defined as
16304 In this context, first means first in this order:
16307 \begin_inset space ~
16319 \begin_inset space ~
16325 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16328 \begin_layout Standard
16330 \begin_inset Tabular
16331 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16332 <features islongtable="true">
16333 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16334 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16335 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16336 <row endfirsthead="true">
16337 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16343 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16348 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16357 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16367 <row endfirsthead="true">
16368 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16379 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16388 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16400 <row endhead="true">
16401 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16412 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16421 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16431 <row endhead="true">
16432 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16443 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16452 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16464 <row endfoot="true">
16465 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16476 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16485 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16516 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17457 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17466 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17475 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17486 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17517 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17548 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17579 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17610 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17641 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17672 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17703 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17734 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17765 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17796 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17827 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17858 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17889 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17920 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17951 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17982 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18013 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18044 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18075 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18106 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18137 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18168 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18199 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18230 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18261 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18292 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18323 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18354 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18385 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18416 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18446 <row endlastfoot="true">
18447 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18458 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18467 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18484 \begin_layout Subsection
18489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18498 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18505 \begin_layout Standard
18506 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18507 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18508 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18509 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18513 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18514 for the cell's paragraph.
18517 \begin_layout Standard
18518 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18519 for the column in the table dialog.
18520 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18521 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18525 \begin_layout Standard
18527 \begin_inset Tabular
18528 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18530 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18531 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18532 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18552 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18621 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18677 This is longer now.
18682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18733 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18734 This is longer now.
18739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18765 \begin_layout Standard
18766 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18767 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18768 Selection with the mouse or with
18772 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18773 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18774 the selection from outside the table.
18777 \begin_layout Section
18782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18789 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18798 \begin_layout Standard
18799 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
18800 have a fixed location.
18802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18809 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
18817 \begin_inset space ~
18822 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
18823 too much notes at the page.
18826 \begin_layout Standard
18827 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
18828 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
18829 and pages without text.
18830 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
18831 , every float can be referenced in the text.
18832 Floats are therefore numbered.
18833 Referencing is described in section
18834 \begin_inset space ~
18838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18840 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18847 \begin_layout Standard
18848 To insert a float, use the menu
18850 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18854 A box with a caption that has e.
18855 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18859 \begin_inset space ~
18863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18867 \begin_inset space ~
18871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18874 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18875 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18877 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18887 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18888 paragraph within the float.
18889 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18890 by left-clicking on the box label.
18891 A closed float box looks like this:
18892 \begin_inset Graphics
18893 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18898 -- a gray button with a red label.
18901 \begin_layout Standard
18902 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18903 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18906 \begin_layout Subsection
18910 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18916 Floats ! Figure floats
18922 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18924 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
18931 \begin_layout Standard
18934 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18935 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18938 inserts a float with the label
18939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18945 \begin_inset space ~
18951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18955 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
18956 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
18957 This is what we did for Figure
18958 \begin_inset space ~
18962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18964 reference "cap:Platypus"
18969 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
18970 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
18971 This was done in Figure
18972 \begin_inset space ~
18976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18978 reference "cap:Escher"
18985 \begin_layout Standard
18986 \begin_inset Float figure
18991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18993 \begin_inset Graphics
18994 filename clipart/platypus.eps
18996 rotateOrigin center
19003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19004 \begin_inset Caption
19006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19009 name "cap:Platypus"
19013 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19026 \begin_layout Standard
19027 \begin_inset Float figure
19032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19033 \begin_inset Caption
19035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19053 \begin_inset Graphics
19054 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19056 rotateOrigin center
19068 \begin_layout Standard
19069 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19071 As described in section
19072 \begin_inset space ~
19076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19078 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19082 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19084 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19087 and refer to it using the menu
19089 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19093 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19102 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19114 \begin_layout Standard
19115 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19116 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19117 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19118 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19120 \begin_inset space ~
19124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19126 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19130 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19131 You can also set the images one below the other.
19133 \begin_inset space ~
19137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19139 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19146 reference "fig:Platypus"
19150 are the subfigures.
19153 \begin_layout Standard
19154 \begin_inset Float figure
19159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19160 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19164 \begin_inset Float figure
19169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19170 \begin_inset Caption
19172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19173 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19175 name "fig:Undefinable"
19187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19188 \begin_inset Graphics
19189 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19200 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19204 \begin_inset Float figure
19209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19210 \begin_inset Caption
19212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19213 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19215 name "fig:Platypus"
19227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19228 \begin_inset Graphics
19229 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19241 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19248 \begin_inset Caption
19250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19253 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19257 Two distorted images.
19270 \begin_layout Standard
19271 Note that the caption is added to the
19274 \begin_inset space ~
19278 \begin_inset space ~
19283 as described in section
19284 \begin_inset space ~
19288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19290 reference "sec:ListsOf"
19297 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19303 Floats ! Table floats
19309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19311 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19318 \begin_layout Standard
19319 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19321 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19322 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19326 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19329 \begin_inset space ~
19333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19335 reference "cap:Table-float"
19339 is an example of a table float.
19342 \begin_layout Standard
19343 \begin_inset Float table
19348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19349 \begin_inset Caption
19351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19354 name "cap:Table-float"
19366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19368 \begin_inset Tabular
19369 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19371 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19372 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19373 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19500 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19521 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19523 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19544 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19565 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19571 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19579 \begin_layout Standard
19580 This float type is inserted with the menu
19582 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19583 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19587 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19588 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19592 , described in section
19593 \begin_inset space ~
19597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19599 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19606 \begin_layout Standard
19607 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19615 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19621 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19624 \begin_layout Standard
19629 floatname{algorithm}{your
19630 \begin_inset space ~
19636 \begin_layout Standard
19637 to the document preamble (menu
19639 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19646 \begin_inset space ~
19652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19666 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19672 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19678 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19680 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
19687 \begin_layout Standard
19688 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19696 \begin_inset Graphics
19697 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19699 rotateOrigin center
19706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19707 \begin_inset Caption
19709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19710 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19712 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19716 This is a wrapped figure.
19717 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19730 This float type is used if you want to
19731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19738 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19740 It can be inserted using the menu
19742 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19743 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19745 \begin_inset space ~
19750 if the LaTeX-package
19758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19759 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19769 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19772 \begin_inset space ~
19782 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19785 \begin_inset space ~
19789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19791 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19795 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
19796 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19804 Available units are explained in Appendix
19805 \begin_inset space ~
19809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19811 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
19820 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
19824 \begin_layout Standard
19825 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19833 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
19834 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
19835 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
19836 over some other text.
19844 \begin_layout Itemize
19845 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
19846 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
19847 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
19848 breaks will appear.
19851 \begin_layout Itemize
19852 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
19853 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
19856 \begin_layout Itemize
19857 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
19858 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
19861 \begin_layout Itemize
19862 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
19865 \begin_layout Subsection
19867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19869 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19886 \begin_layout Standard
19887 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
19888 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
19892 \begin_inset space ~
19900 \begin_layout Standard
19901 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
19902 a two-column document).
19903 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
19904 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19911 \begin_layout Standard
19912 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19913 format is also the same: Table
19914 \begin_inset space ~
19918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19920 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
19924 is an example of a rotated table float.
19927 \begin_layout Standard
19928 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19936 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
19944 \begin_layout Standard
19945 \begin_inset Float table
19950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19951 \begin_inset Caption
19953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19954 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19956 name "cap:Rotated-table"
19968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19970 \begin_inset Tabular
19971 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
19973 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19974 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19975 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19976 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19977 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20037 \begin_layout Subsection
20039 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20041 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20058 \begin_layout Standard
20059 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20060 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20061 \begin_inset Newline newline
20067 \begin_inset space ~
20072 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20073 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20075 \begin_inset Newline newline
20081 \begin_inset space ~
20086 is used to rotate floats, see section
20087 \begin_inset space ~
20091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20093 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20100 \begin_layout Standard
20101 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20102 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20105 \begin_inset space ~
20109 \begin_inset space ~
20117 \begin_layout Description
20119 \begin_inset space ~
20123 \begin_inset space ~
20126 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20129 \begin_layout Description
20131 \begin_inset space ~
20135 \begin_inset space ~
20138 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20141 \begin_layout Description
20143 \begin_inset space ~
20147 \begin_inset space ~
20150 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20153 \begin_layout Description
20155 \begin_inset space ~
20159 \begin_inset space ~
20162 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20165 \begin_layout Standard
20166 The order of the above option is
20171 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20175 \begin_inset space ~
20179 \begin_inset space ~
20187 \begin_inset space ~
20191 \begin_inset space ~
20196 , and then the others.
20197 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20199 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20200 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20203 \begin_layout Standard
20204 By default, each options has its own rules:
20207 \begin_layout Standard
20211 \begin_inset space ~
20215 \begin_inset space ~
20220 only floats occupying less than 70
20221 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20224 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20227 \begin_layout Standard
20231 \begin_inset space ~
20235 \begin_inset space ~
20240 : only floats occupying less than 30
20241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20244 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20247 \begin_layout Standard
20251 \begin_inset space ~
20255 \begin_inset space ~
20260 : only if more than 50
20261 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20264 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20268 \begin_layout Standard
20269 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20273 \begin_inset space ~
20277 \begin_inset space ~
20285 \begin_layout Standard
20286 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20287 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20288 For this case you can use the option
20291 \begin_inset space ~
20297 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20299 Because the float is then no longer able to
20300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20307 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20310 \begin_layout Standard
20311 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20312 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20315 \begin_layout Standard
20316 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20318 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20320 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20327 \begin_layout Section
20332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20339 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20341 name "sec:Minipages"
20348 \begin_layout Standard
20349 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20351 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20352 \begin_inset space ~
20359 \begin_layout Standard
20360 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20362 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20366 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20367 and its alignment within the page.
20370 \begin_layout Standard
20372 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20381 height_special "totalheight"
20384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20387 This is a minipage.
20388 The text is set in an italic style.
20391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20394 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20395 another formatting.
20403 \begin_layout Standard
20404 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20407 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20411 as described in section
20412 \begin_inset space ~
20416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20418 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20423 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20429 \begin_layout Standard
20430 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20439 height_special "totalheight"
20442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20443 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20444 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20450 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20454 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20463 height_special "totalheight"
20466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20467 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20468 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20476 \begin_layout Standard
20477 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20483 \begin_layout Standard
20484 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20485 to other box types.
20486 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20497 \begin_layout Chapter
20498 Mathematical Formulas
20502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20543 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20550 \begin_layout Standard
20551 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20556 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20559 \begin_layout Section
20564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20573 \begin_layout Standard
20574 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20575 \begin_inset Graphics
20576 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20581 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20583 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20584 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20585 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20587 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20593 \begin_layout Standard
20594 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20598 \begin_inset space ~
20603 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20606 \begin_layout Standard
20607 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20608 line, like this one:
20611 \begin_layout Standard
20612 This is a line with an inline formula
20613 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20619 \begin_layout Standard
20620 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20622 \begin_inset Formula \[
20627 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20630 \begin_layout Standard
20631 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20647 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20648 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20652 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20655 \begin_inset space ~
20663 \begin_layout Subsection
20664 Navigating in Formulas
20668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20677 \begin_layout Standard
20678 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20679 achieved with the arrow keys.
20680 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20681 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20686 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20687 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20691 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20695 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20697 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20705 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20710 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20711 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20714 \begin_layout Standard
20719 , printed in this document as
20720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20741 \begin_inset Note Note
20744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20745 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20746 space character (visible space).
20751 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20752 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20753 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20758 For example, if you want
20759 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20813 , since in the latter case only the
20816 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
20821 will be under the square root sign:
20822 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
20828 \begin_layout Standard
20829 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
20831 \begin_inset Formula \[
20832 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20835 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
20839 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
20840 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
20843 \begin_layout Subsection
20847 \begin_layout Standard
20848 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
20849 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
20853 and a cursor movement key to select text.
20854 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
20855 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
20856 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
20857 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
20860 \begin_layout Subsection
20861 Exponents and Subscripts
20865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20884 \begin_layout Standard
20885 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
20886 way is to use a command.
20888 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
20891 , type in a formula
20897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20913 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
20919 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
20923 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
20932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20944 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
20946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20953 , you have to use an extra
20957 to separate the hat and the character.
20960 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
20969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20981 Subscripts are similar: To get
20982 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
20991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21005 \begin_layout Subsection
21010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21019 \begin_layout Standard
21020 Create a fraction with either the command
21027 \begin_inset Graphics
21028 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21036 \begin_inset space ~
21042 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21043 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21044 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21049 To move back up, press
21054 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21055 \begin_inset Formula \[
21056 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21058 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21065 \begin_layout Subsection
21070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21079 \begin_layout Standard
21080 Roots can be created using the
21083 \begin_inset space ~
21089 \begin_inset Graphics
21090 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21113 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21119 produces always a square root.
21122 \begin_layout Subsection
21123 Operators with Limits
21127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21144 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21146 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21153 \begin_layout Standard
21155 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21159 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21162 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21163 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21164 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21165 The sum operator will automatically place its
21166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21173 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21176 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21180 \begin_inset Formula \[
21181 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21185 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21189 \begin_layout Standard
21190 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21192 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21193 behind the operator and hitting
21199 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21200 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21202 \begin_inset space ~
21206 \begin_inset space ~
21214 \begin_layout Standard
21215 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21223 feature as addition, such as
21227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21234 \begin_inset Formula \[
21235 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21239 which will place the
21240 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21252 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21253 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21259 \begin_layout Standard
21260 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21267 Have a look at section
21268 \begin_inset space ~
21272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21274 reference "sub:Functions"
21278 for an explanation of function macros.
21281 \begin_layout Subsection
21286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21295 \begin_layout Standard
21296 Most math symbols can be found in the
21299 \begin_inset space ~
21304 under one of several categories; including
21321 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21325 \begin_layout Standard
21326 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21327 you don't have to use the
21330 \begin_inset space ~
21335 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21336 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21339 \begin_layout Subsection
21344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21351 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21353 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21360 \begin_layout Standard
21361 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21370 \begin_inset space ~
21376 \begin_inset Graphics
21377 filename ../images/math/space.png
21382 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21383 Here a example for the sequence
21388 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21392 \begin_inset Graphics
21393 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21398 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21399 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21400 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21401 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21406 \begin_layout Standard
21416 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21422 \begin_layout Standard
21432 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21438 \begin_layout Subsection
21443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21452 name "sub:Functions"
21459 \begin_layout Standard
21463 \begin_inset space ~
21468 contains under the button
21469 \begin_inset Graphics
21470 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21474 a number of functions, such as
21475 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21479 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21487 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21494 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21495 avoid confusions, because
21496 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21500 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21506 \begin_layout Standard
21507 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21509 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21513 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21519 \begin_layout Standard
21520 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21521 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21522 \begin_inset space ~
21526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21528 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21535 \begin_layout Subsection
21540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21549 \begin_layout Standard
21550 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21552 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21553 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21555 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21558 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21559 Our example is entered by typing
21567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21580 \begin_inset space ~
21584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21586 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21590 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21593 \begin_layout Standard
21594 \begin_inset Float table
21599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21600 \begin_inset Caption
21602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21603 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21605 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21609 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21619 \begin_inset Tabular
21620 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21622 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21623 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21624 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21708 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21762 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
21772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21816 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
21826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21870 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
21880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21924 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
21934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21978 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
21988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22032 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22086 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22140 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22185 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22206 \begin_layout Standard
22207 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22210 \begin_inset space ~
22216 \begin_inset Graphics
22217 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22221 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22225 \begin_layout Section
22226 Brackets and Delimiters
22230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22247 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22249 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22256 \begin_layout Standard
22257 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22258 For most purposes, using just the keys
22263 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22264 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22267 \begin_inset space ~
22273 \begin_inset Graphics
22274 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22279 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22281 \begin_inset Formula \[
22282 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22284 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22288 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22289 \begin_inset Formula \[
22290 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22297 \begin_layout Standard
22298 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22299 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22302 \begin_layout Standard
22303 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22304 left side and right side.
22305 If you use the option
22308 \begin_inset space ~
22313 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22314 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22315 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22316 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22319 \begin_layout Standard
22320 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22321 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22322 inside the brackets.
22323 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22328 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22331 \begin_layout Standard
22332 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22343 \begin_layout Section
22348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22355 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22357 name "sec:Grouping"
22364 \begin_layout Standard
22365 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22366 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22377 \begin_layout Standard
22378 \begin_inset Formula \[
22379 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22386 \begin_layout Standard
22387 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22402 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22403 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22404 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22407 \begin_layout Section
22408 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22433 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22441 \begin_layout Standard
22442 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22445 \begin_inset space ~
22451 \begin_inset Graphics
22452 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22457 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22458 Here is an example:
22459 \begin_inset Formula \[
22460 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22463 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22467 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22468 \begin_inset space ~
22472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22474 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22479 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22480 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22481 This alignment is set in the box
22486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22534 for every column as default.
22535 For example, the sequence
22536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22547 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22548 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22549 corresponds to the relevant column.
22550 The result will look like this:
22551 \begin_inset Formula \[
22553 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22554 column & has & has\, right\\
22555 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22562 \begin_layout Standard
22563 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22567 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22568 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22570 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22576 \begin_layout Standard
22577 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22578 It can be created with the menu
22580 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22581 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22583 \begin_inset space ~
22596 \begin_inset Formula \[
22600 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22607 \begin_layout Standard
22608 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22611 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22619 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22628 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22636 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22637 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22638 A new row is created by every further hit of
22646 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22647 Here is an example:
22648 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22649 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22650 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22654 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22655 where you want to start the shift and hit
22660 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22661 position to the next column.
22662 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22663 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22664 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22665 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22672 \begin_layout Standard
22673 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22680 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22681 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22684 reference "eq:asquared"
22689 The other types are described in section
22690 \begin_inset space ~
22694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22696 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22703 \begin_layout Section
22704 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22709 Math ! Formula numbering
22718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22719 Math ! Referencing formulas
22725 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22727 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22734 \begin_layout Standard
22735 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22737 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22738 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22740 \begin_inset space ~
22748 \begin_inset space ~
22754 The formula number appears in LyX as
22755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22762 within parentheses.
22764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22771 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22773 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22774 the document class.
22775 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22776 separated by a dot:
22777 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22778 1+1=2\end{equation}
22785 \begin_inset space ~
22790 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22791 You can only number displayed formulas.
22794 \begin_layout Standard
22795 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
22797 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22798 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22800 \begin_inset space ~
22804 \begin_inset space ~
22808 \begin_inset space ~
22816 \begin_inset space ~
22821 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
22822 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22824 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
22825 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
22829 To number all lines use the shortcut
22832 \begin_inset space ~
22840 \begin_layout Standard
22841 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22844 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
22845 A label is inserted with the menu
22847 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22850 when the cursor is in the formula.
22851 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
22852 It is recommended to use the proposed
22853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22864 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
22865 type when you have many labels in your document.
22866 We inserted in the following example the label
22867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22874 in the second line:
22875 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22876 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
22877 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
22881 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
22882 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
22884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22892 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
22894 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22896 \begin_inset space ~
22902 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
22903 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
22904 as the formula number:
22907 \begin_layout Standard
22908 This is a cross-reference to equation (
22909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22911 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22918 \begin_layout Standard
22919 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
22920 \begin_inset space ~
22924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22926 reference "sec:Cross-References"
22931 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
22934 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22937 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
22941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22942 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
22950 \begin_layout Section
22951 User defined math macros
22955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22964 name "sec:math-macros"
22971 \begin_layout Standard
22972 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
22973 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
22974 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
22976 \begin_inset Newline newline
22979 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
22980 \begin_inset Formula \[
22981 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
22985 The general form of its solution is:
22986 \begin_inset Formula \[
22987 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
22994 \begin_layout Standard
22995 The macro should print the parameters
22996 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23000 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23004 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23007 like in the equation above.
23010 \begin_layout Standard
23011 A macro is created by executing the command
23014 \begin_layout Standard
23021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23044 \begin_inset space ~
23048 \begin_inset space ~
23054 \begin_layout Standard
23055 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23056 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23057 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23058 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23062 \begin_layout Standard
23063 We have three arguments and name the macro
23064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23071 , so that the command is:
23074 \begin_layout Standard
23081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23106 \begin_layout Standard
23107 This results in the following macro definition box:
23108 \begin_inset Graphics
23109 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23114 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23115 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23116 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23120 \begin_inset Note Note
23123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23124 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23125 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23133 \begin_layout Standard
23134 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23135 the math panel or commands.
23136 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23137 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23148 for the first argument.
23149 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23150 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23151 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23152 in LyX with its full size.
23153 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23154 In our example we insert the sequence
23155 \begin_inset Newline newline
23183 \begin_inset Newline newline
23188 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23191 \begin_layout Standard
23192 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23207 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23210 \begin_layout Standard
23212 \begin_inset Graphics
23213 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23220 \begin_layout Standard
23221 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23222 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23223 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23224 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23225 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23228 \begin_layout Standard
23229 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23230 to the new definition.
23231 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23232 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23236 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23240 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23244 \begin_inset Formula \[
23252 \begin_layout Standard
23253 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23257 \begin_layout Standard
23271 \begin_inset Newline newline
23278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23304 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23307 \begin_layout Standard
23308 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23309 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23310 definition box in your document.
23311 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23313 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23315 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23320 \begin_layout Section
23324 \begin_layout Subsection
23329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23338 \begin_layout Standard
23339 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23340 To set a font in a formula, use the
23343 \begin_inset space ~
23349 \begin_inset Graphics
23350 filename ../images/math/font.png
23354 , or enter its command, listed in table
23355 \begin_inset space ~
23359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23361 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23368 \begin_layout Standard
23369 \begin_inset Float table
23374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23375 \begin_inset Caption
23377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23380 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23384 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23394 \begin_inset Tabular
23395 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23397 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23398 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23430 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23457 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23484 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23517 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23544 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23571 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23605 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23632 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23666 \begin_layout Standard
23667 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23675 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23691 \begin_layout Standard
23692 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23693 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23698 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23699 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23700 Here an example where a
23701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23712 denotes the set of numbers:
23713 \begin_inset Formula \[
23714 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23721 \begin_layout Standard
23722 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23733 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23737 \begin_inset Newline newline
23740 So better don't use this feature.
23743 \begin_layout Standard
23744 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23745 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23749 \begin_inset Newline newline
23752 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23758 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23759 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23765 \begin_layout Standard
23772 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23775 \begin_layout Standard
23776 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23778 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23779 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23781 \begin_inset space ~
23789 \begin_layout Subsection
23794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23803 \begin_layout Standard
23804 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23806 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23810 \begin_inset space ~
23814 \begin_inset space ~
23822 \begin_inset space ~
23828 \begin_inset Graphics
23829 filename ../images/math/font.png
23833 (alternatively the shortcut
23836 \begin_inset space ~
23842 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23843 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23844 Here is an example:
23845 \begin_inset Formula \[
23847 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23848 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23855 \begin_layout Subsection
23860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23869 \begin_layout Standard
23870 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23871 automatically chosen in most situations.
23889 For most characters,
23897 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23898 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23903 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23904 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23905 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23906 \begin_inset Graphics
23907 filename ../images/math/style.png
23912 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23913 For example, you can set
23914 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23917 , which is normally in
23926 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23930 The four styles are used in the following example:
23933 \begin_layout Standard
23934 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23938 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23942 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23946 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23952 \begin_layout Standard
23953 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23954 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23956 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23958 \begin_inset space ~
23963 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23964 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23965 will be adjusted to correspond.
23966 As example a formula in the font size
23967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23977 \begin_layout Standard
23981 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23987 \begin_layout Section
23991 \begin_layout Standard
23992 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23993 the document classes and into layout modules.
23997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24003 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24004 other than the AMS classes.
24006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24008 reference "sub:Modules"
24012 for more on layout modules.
24015 \begin_layout Section
24020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24039 \begin_layout Standard
24040 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24041 (AMS) that are in common use.
24044 \begin_layout Subsection
24045 Enabling AMS-Support
24048 \begin_layout Standard
24049 Selecting the checkbox
24052 \begin_inset space ~
24056 \begin_inset space ~
24060 \begin_inset space ~
24067 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24075 Document ! Settings
24083 \begin_inset space ~
24088 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24090 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24091 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24094 \begin_layout Subsection
24096 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24098 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24107 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24115 \begin_layout Standard
24116 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24117 LyX allows you to choose between
24138 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24141 \begin_layout Chapter
24145 \begin_layout Section
24150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24157 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24159 name "sec:Cross-References"
24166 \begin_layout Standard
24167 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24168 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24170 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24171 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24172 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24175 \begin_layout Enumerate
24179 \begin_layout Enumerate
24180 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24182 name "enu:Second-item"
24189 \begin_layout Enumerate
24193 \begin_layout Standard
24194 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24196 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24199 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24200 \begin_inset Graphics
24201 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24207 A grey label box like this:
24208 \begin_inset Graphics
24209 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24214 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24215 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24250 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24251 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24266 \begin_layout Standard
24267 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24269 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24272 or the toolbar button
24273 \begin_inset Graphics
24274 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24280 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24281 \begin_inset Graphics
24282 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24287 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24289 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24302 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24304 Here is our cross-reference:
24307 \begin_layout Standard
24309 \begin_inset space ~
24313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24315 reference "enu:Second-item"
24322 \begin_layout Standard
24323 It is recommended to use a protected space
24327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24328 described in section
24329 \begin_inset space ~
24333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24335 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24344 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
24348 \begin_layout Standard
24349 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24352 \begin_layout Description
24353 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24356 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24363 \begin_layout Description
24364 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24365 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24377 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24384 \begin_layout Description
24385 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24386 \begin_inset space ~
24390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24391 LatexCommand pageref
24392 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24399 \begin_layout Description
24401 \begin_inset space ~
24405 \begin_inset space ~
24408 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24410 LatexCommand vpageref
24411 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24418 \begin_layout Description
24420 \begin_inset space ~
24424 \begin_inset space ~
24428 \begin_inset space ~
24431 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24435 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24442 \begin_layout Description
24444 \begin_inset space ~
24447 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24448 \begin_inset Newline newline
24452 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24460 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24469 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24482 \begin_layout Standard
24483 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24484 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24486 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24490 \begin_inset space ~
24494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24508 \begin_layout Standard
24509 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24510 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24511 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24515 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24519 \begin_layout Standard
24520 You can only use the style
24524 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24528 is always possible.
24531 \begin_layout Standard
24532 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24533 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24534 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24535 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24536 \begin_inset space ~
24540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24542 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24549 \begin_layout Standard
24553 \begin_inset space ~
24557 \begin_inset space ~
24562 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24563 The button text changes then to
24566 \begin_inset space ~
24571 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24572 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24573 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24577 \begin_layout Standard
24578 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24579 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24580 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24583 \begin_layout Standard
24584 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24585 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24588 \begin_layout Standard
24589 References are described in detail in the
24596 \begin_layout Section
24597 Table of Contents and other Listings
24601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24627 \begin_layout Subsection
24628 Table of Contents and Outline
24629 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24631 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24638 \begin_layout Standard
24639 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24641 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24642 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24644 \begin_inset space ~
24648 \begin_inset space ~
24654 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24655 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
24656 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
24657 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
24664 \begin_layout Standard
24665 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
24666 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24668 \begin_inset space ~
24672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24674 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24678 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24680 \begin_inset space ~
24684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24686 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24690 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24692 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
24693 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
24694 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24697 \begin_layout Standard
24698 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
24700 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
24702 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24708 \begin_layout Subsection
24709 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
24710 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24719 \begin_layout Standard
24720 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24721 You can insert them via the
24723 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24725 \begin_inset space ~
24729 \begin_inset space ~
24735 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24738 \begin_layout Section
24739 URLs and Hyperlinks
24743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24760 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24769 \begin_layout Subsection
24773 \begin_layout Standard
24774 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24776 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24782 \begin_layout Standard
24783 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24784 \begin_inset Flex URL
24787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24797 \begin_layout Standard
24798 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24804 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24808 \begin_layout Standard
24809 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24817 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24825 \begin_layout Subsection
24829 \begin_layout Standard
24830 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24832 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24835 or with the toolbar button
24836 \begin_inset Graphics
24837 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24838 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24843 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24852 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24853 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24854 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24856 name "LyX's homepage"
24857 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24861 , an Email address like this:
24862 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24864 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24865 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24870 , or a link to a file.
24873 \begin_layout Standard
24874 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24887 to the link target.
24890 \begin_layout Standard
24891 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24892 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24893 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24894 the text style dialog.
24895 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24899 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24901 name "LyX's homepage"
24902 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24909 \begin_layout Standard
24910 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24914 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24916 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24917 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24921 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24923 \begin_inset Newline newline
24931 \begin_inset Newline newline
24938 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24941 \begin_layout Section
24946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24953 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24955 name "sec:Appendices"
24962 \begin_layout Standard
24963 Appendices are created with the menu
24965 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24967 \begin_inset space ~
24971 \begin_inset space ~
24977 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24978 as appendix region.
24979 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24982 \begin_layout Standard
24983 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24984 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24985 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24986 and the subsection number.
24987 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24991 \begin_layout Standard
24993 \begin_inset space ~
24997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24999 reference "cha:Credits"
25004 \begin_inset space ~
25008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25010 reference "sub:Export"
25017 \begin_layout Section
25022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25029 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25031 name "sec:Bibliography"
25038 \begin_layout Standard
25039 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25040 You can include a bibliography database
25044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25045 Known under the name
25046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25058 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25060 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25064 , described in section
25065 \begin_inset space ~
25069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25071 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25078 \begin_layout Standard
25083 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25085 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25094 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25096 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25105 , a short form of its title, as key.
25108 \begin_layout Standard
25109 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25111 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25114 or the toobar button
25115 \begin_inset Graphics
25116 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25117 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25122 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25123 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25124 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25125 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25129 \begin_layout Standard
25130 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25131 with surrounding brackets.
25136 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25137 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25149 \begin_layout Standard
25152 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25155 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25157 key "latexcompanion"
25164 \begin_layout Standard
25165 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25166 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25175 \begin_layout Subsection
25176 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25181 Bibliography ! Databases
25190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25191 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25199 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25206 \begin_layout Standard
25207 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25209 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25211 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25212 your working field in a database.
25213 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25214 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25217 \begin_layout Standard
25218 The database is a text file with the file extension
25219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25230 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25231 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25232 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25234 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25239 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25241 \begin_inset Newline newline
25245 \begin_inset Flex URL
25248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25250 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25256 \begin_inset Newline newline
25259 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25262 \begin_layout Standard
25263 To use a database, use the menu
25265 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25270 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25283 \begin_inset space ~
25289 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25290 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25293 \begin_layout Standard
25294 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25306 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25307 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25308 take care of the layout.
25311 \begin_layout Standard
25312 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25315 \begin_layout Standard
25316 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25322 \begin_layout Standard
25323 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25325 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25359 \begin_inset space ~
25365 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25373 \begin_layout Standard
25374 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25380 \begin_layout Standard
25381 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25382 the two methods of creating them.
25383 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25384 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25385 We used the style file
25389 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25392 \begin_layout Subsection
25393 Bibliography layout
25397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25398 Bibliography ! Layout
25406 \begin_layout Standard
25407 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25408 For this feature you need to use the option
25414 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25422 Document ! Settings
25432 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25433 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25434 in the previous section.
25437 \begin_layout Standard
25438 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25439 in the citation reference window.
25440 Here an example where we set the text
25441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25445 \begin_inset space ~
25449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25452 to appear after the reference:
25455 \begin_layout Standard
25457 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25460 key "latexcompanion"
25467 \begin_layout Section
25472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25479 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25488 \begin_layout Standard
25489 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25491 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25493 \begin_inset space ~
25498 or the toolbar button
25499 \begin_inset Graphics
25500 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25501 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25518 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25519 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25520 by LyX as index entry.
25523 \begin_layout Standard
25524 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25525 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25527 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25529 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25536 \begin_layout Standard
25537 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25540 \begin_layout Standard
25541 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25543 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25545 \begin_inset space ~
25549 \begin_inset space ~
25552 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25554 \begin_inset space ~
25560 A light blue box labeled
25561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25572 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25573 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25576 \begin_layout Subsection
25577 Grouping Index Entries
25581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25590 \begin_layout Standard
25591 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25593 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25594 lists under the entry
25595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25603 First we create the entry
25604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25612 \begin_inset space ~
25616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25618 reference "sub:Lists"
25623 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25624 \begin_inset space ~
25628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25630 reference "sec:Itemize"
25634 , we insert the command
25637 \begin_layout Standard
25643 \begin_layout Standard
25647 \begin_layout Standard
25653 \begin_layout Standard
25654 for the enumerated list in section
25655 \begin_inset space ~
25659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25661 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25668 \begin_layout Standard
25669 The exclamation mark
25670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25677 marks the grouping levels.
25678 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25679 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25680 If we don't have an index entry for
25681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25688 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25691 \begin_layout Subsection
25696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25697 Index ! Page ranges
25705 \begin_layout Standard
25706 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25708 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25709 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25711 \begin_inset space ~
25715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25717 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25724 \begin_layout Standard
25727 Paragraph environments|(
25730 \begin_layout Standard
25731 and another entry at the end of section
25732 \begin_inset space ~
25736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25738 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25745 \begin_layout Standard
25748 Paragraph environments|)
25751 \begin_layout Standard
25753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25776 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25777 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25778 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25779 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25780 An example is the index entry
25781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25784 Document ! Settings
25785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25791 \begin_layout Subsection
25796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25797 Index ! Cross referencing
25805 \begin_layout Standard
25806 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25807 We referred for example in the index entry
25808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25816 \begin_inset space ~
25820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25822 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25826 ) to the index entry
25827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25834 in the same section using the entry
25837 \begin_layout Standard
25840 GIF|see{Image formats}
25843 \begin_layout Standard
25844 Where the braces have to be inserted as ERT.
25845 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25846 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25849 \begin_layout Subsection
25854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25855 Index ! Entry order
25863 \begin_layout Standard
25864 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25865 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25866 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25871 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25873 \begin_inset space ~
25877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25879 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25888 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25889 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25918 Dummy entries ! maïs
25927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25928 Dummy entries ! maître
25937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25938 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25943 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25944 order maïs, maison, maître.
25945 To achieve this, we use the command
25948 \begin_layout Standard
25951 previous entry@current entry
25954 \begin_layout Standard
25955 In our case we want to have
25956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25971 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
25974 \begin_layout Standard
25980 \begin_layout Standard
25981 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
25982 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
25986 \begin_layout Standard
25987 Due to bugs in the index generation program
25995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25997 \begin_inset space ~
26001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26003 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26007 for index programs.
26012 , the index entry sorting can fail.
26013 For example when you have the same index entry in normal text and in a
26014 footnote, makeindex doesn't recognize them as identic entry at different
26016 To fix this, add this command sequence to your document preamble:
26019 \begin_layout Standard
26027 \begin_inset Newline newline
26037 \begin_inset Newline newline
26049 \begin_layout Subsection
26054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26055 Index ! Entry layout
26063 \begin_layout Standard
26064 You can change the appearance of insert entries via the textstyle dialog.
26068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26071 This is an italic dummy entry
26076 You can also format the page number using the character
26077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26084 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26085 We can write for example
26088 \begin_layout Standard
26091 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26094 \begin_layout Standard
26095 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
26099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26100 Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26105 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26123 \begin_inset space ~
26129 Have a look at section
26130 \begin_inset space ~
26134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26136 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26140 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26143 \begin_layout Standard
26144 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26146 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26147 for all index entries.
26150 \begin_layout Subsection
26155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26162 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26164 name "sub:Index-Program"
26171 \begin_layout Standard
26172 When the index entry program
26176 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26177 generation, otherwise the program
26181 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26182 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26183 dialog, see section
26184 \begin_inset space ~
26188 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26190 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26195 The available options are listed and explained in
26196 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26198 key "makeindex,xindy"
26205 \begin_layout Standard
26206 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26209 \begin_layout Section
26210 Nomenclature / Glossary
26214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26253 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26255 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26262 \begin_layout Standard
26263 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26264 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26268 \begin_layout Standard
26269 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26278 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26284 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26285 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26291 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26294 \begin_layout Standard
26295 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26296 and then use the menu
26298 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26304 \begin_inset space ~
26309 or the toobar button
26310 \begin_inset Graphics
26311 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26312 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26329 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26332 \begin_layout Standard
26333 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26334 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26335 The second is the description of the symbol.
26338 \begin_layout Standard
26339 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26347 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
26348 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26356 \begin_layout Subsection
26357 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26362 Nomenclature ! Layout
26370 \begin_layout Standard
26371 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26375 field as LaTeX-formula.
26377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26381 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26389 \begin_inset Newline newline
26397 \begin_inset Newline newline
26403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26410 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26411 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26423 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26433 \begin_layout Standard
26434 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26435 \begin_inset space ~
26439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26441 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26448 \begin_layout Standard
26452 \begin_inset space ~
26457 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26458 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26463 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26470 in this document is:
26471 \begin_inset Newline newline
26476 dummy entry for the character
26481 \begin_inset Newline newline
26493 \begin_inset space ~
26503 font use the command
26532 \begin_layout Subsection
26533 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26538 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26546 \begin_layout Standard
26547 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26548 the symbol definition.
26549 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26550 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26553 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26554 LatexCommand nomenclature
26556 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26563 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26567 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26568 LatexCommand nomenclature
26571 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26576 They will be sorted by
26577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26603 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26606 will be sorted before the
26610 since the character
26611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26618 is considered in sorting.
26621 \begin_layout Standard
26622 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26625 \begin_inset space ~
26630 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26631 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26633 For the given example, you can insert
26637 to this field for the
26638 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26645 will be located before
26646 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26652 \begin_layout Standard
26653 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26658 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26667 \begin_layout Subsection
26668 Nomenclature Options
26672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26673 Nomenclature ! Options
26681 \begin_layout Standard
26686 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26687 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26690 \begin_layout Description
26691 refeq Appends the phrase
26692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26707 to every nomenclature entry, where
26713 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26716 \begin_layout Description
26717 refpage Appends the phrase
26718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26733 to every nomenclature entry, where
26739 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26742 \begin_layout Description
26743 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26746 \begin_layout Standard
26747 There are furthermore the options
26791 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26795 \begin_layout Standard
26796 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26797 class options list in the
26799 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26803 In this document the options
26814 \begin_layout Standard
26815 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26821 \begin_layout Standard
26822 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26823 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26828 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26831 \begin_layout Description
26841 \begin_layout Description
26844 nomrefpage Like the
26851 \begin_layout Description
26854 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26863 \begin_layout Description
26867 \begin_inset space ~
26873 \begin_inset space ~
26878 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26881 \begin_layout Subsection
26882 Printing the Nomenclature
26886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26887 Nomenclature ! Printing
26895 \begin_layout Standard
26896 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26898 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26900 \begin_inset space ~
26904 \begin_inset space ~
26907 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26911 A light blue box labeled
26912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26923 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26924 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26927 \begin_layout Standard
26928 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26937 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
26945 For example, in order to change the name to
26949 , add the following line to the preamble:
26952 \begin_layout Standard
26960 nomname}{List of Symbols}
26963 \begin_layout Standard
26964 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26970 \begin_layout Standard
26971 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
26972 by adding the following line to the preamble:
26975 \begin_layout Standard
26983 nomlabelwidth}{width}
26986 \begin_layout Standard
26989 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
26990 \begin_inset space ~
26994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26996 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27001 The default value is 1
27002 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27008 \begin_layout Section
27013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27024 Document ! Branches
27030 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27032 name "sec:Branches"
27039 \begin_layout Standard
27040 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27041 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27042 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27043 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27046 \begin_layout Standard
27047 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27048 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27049 To create a branch, go in the
27051 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27059 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27060 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27063 \begin_layout Standard
27064 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27065 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27067 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27070 where you can choose a branch.
27071 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27074 \begin_layout Standard
27075 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27076 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27079 \begin_layout Standard
27080 \begin_inset Branch Question
27083 \begin_layout Standard
27084 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27092 \begin_layout Standard
27093 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27096 \begin_layout Standard
27097 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27105 \begin_layout Standard
27106 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27112 \begin_layout Standard
27113 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27114 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27116 For example you can define for the question branch
27120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27121 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27122 \begin_inset space ~
27126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27128 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27140 \begin_layout Standard
27150 \begin_layout Standard
27160 \begin_layout Standard
27161 and for the answer branch
27164 \begin_layout Standard
27174 \begin_layout Standard
27184 \begin_layout Standard
27185 \begin_inset Branch Question
27188 \begin_layout Standard
27192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27220 \begin_layout Standard
27221 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27224 \begin_layout Standard
27228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27256 \begin_layout Standard
27257 Now it is possible to use the commands
27261 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27268 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27271 to obtain conditional output.
27272 Here is an example formula where only the
27279 \begin_inset Formula \[
27280 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27287 \begin_layout Standard
27288 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27289 \begin_inset space ~
27293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27295 reference "sec:math-macros"
27302 \begin_layout Section
27303 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
27304 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27313 \begin_layout Subsection
27318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27327 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
27334 \begin_layout Standard
27335 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27336 constructs, but not all.
27337 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27338 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
27339 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
27340 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27341 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
27342 and their commands.
27345 \begin_layout Standard
27346 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27356 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
27357 An ERT box is created by the menu
27359 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27362 or by the toolbar button
27363 \begin_inset Graphics
27364 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27369 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
27382 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
27383 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
27394 \begin_layout Standard
27395 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
27396 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27397 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27404 , you can write the command part
27410 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
27414 in a second ERT box behind the word.
27415 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
27419 \begin_layout Standard
27420 \begin_inset Graphics
27421 filename clipart/ERT.png
27429 \begin_layout Standard
27433 \begin_layout Standard
27434 This is a line with a
27438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27461 \begin_layout Standard
27462 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27470 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27471 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27479 \begin_layout Subsection
27480 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27481 \begin_inset OptArg
27484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27501 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27503 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27510 \begin_layout Standard
27511 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27512 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27513 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27522 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27523 every time if you know the right commands.
27525 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27526 the end of the day.
27527 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27528 all caption labels bold.
27529 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27531 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27534 \begin_layout Standard
27535 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27536 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27537 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27539 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27548 \begin_layout Standard
27549 As result you know that the package
27557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27558 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
27564 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27566 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27572 \begin_layout Standard
27577 usepackage[options]{package name}
27580 \begin_layout Standard
27581 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27582 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27583 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27586 \begin_layout Standard
27587 In your case the package name is
27592 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27597 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27598 So you add the command
27601 \begin_layout Standard
27606 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27609 \begin_layout Standard
27610 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27615 For more commands provided by the
27619 package, have a look at its documentation,
27620 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27634 \begin_layout Standard
27635 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27637 For example if you use a
27641 class, you don't need the package
27645 , you can instead write
27648 \begin_layout Standard
27653 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27658 \begin_layout Standard
27659 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27660 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27661 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27668 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27671 \begin_layout Standard
27672 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27673 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27675 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
27679 \begin_layout Standard
27680 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27682 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27684 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27692 \begin_layout Section
27693 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27704 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27706 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27723 \begin_layout Standard
27724 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27725 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27726 to break your train of thought with
27728 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27734 \begin_layout Standard
27735 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27736 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27745 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27750 as explained below, and turn on
27753 \begin_inset space ~
27760 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27766 \begin_inset space ~
27770 \begin_inset space ~
27773 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27779 \begin_layout Standard
27780 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
27782 Previews of an already loaded document are
27786 generated just by selecting the
27789 \begin_inset space ~
27794 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
27797 \begin_layout Standard
27798 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
27799 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
27802 \begin_inset space ~
27807 check box in the insert dialog.
27808 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
27812 \begin_layout Standard
27813 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
27817 (on some systems named simply
27822 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27824 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27830 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27831 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
27839 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
27843 \begin_layout Standard
27844 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27850 \begin_layout Standard
27851 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
27855 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27857 \begin_inset space ~
27862 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
27863 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
27865 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
27866 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
27867 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
27868 the source view window.
27871 \begin_layout Section
27873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27875 name "sec:Spellchecking"
27883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27892 \begin_layout Standard
27893 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
27894 Rather it uses one of the external programs
27911 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
27917 can be seen as successor of
27921 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
27926 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
27927 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
27935 \begin_layout Standard
27936 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
27937 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
27944 \begin_layout Standard
27947 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27950 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
27951 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
27952 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
27953 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
27954 scrolled so that it is visible.
27959 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
27961 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
27965 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
27966 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
27969 \begin_layout Standard
27970 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
27973 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27977 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
27978 will bring an error message.
27979 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
27980 specifying a different
27982 Alternative language
27984 in preferences dialog.
27987 \begin_layout Standard
27988 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
27991 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27995 \begin_layout Standard
27996 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
27997 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
27999 But you can use the
28002 \begin_inset space ~
28006 \begin_inset space ~
28014 \begin_layout Standard
28015 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28016 This does work with
28020 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28023 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28027 \begin_layout Standard
28032 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28035 \begin_layout Description
28037 \begin_inset space ~
28040 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28041 should consider, e.g.
28042 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28043 This should not normally be needed.
28046 \begin_layout Description
28048 \begin_inset space ~
28051 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28052 as your personal dictionary
28055 \begin_layout Description
28057 \begin_inset space ~
28061 \begin_inset space ~
28064 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28076 \begin_layout Description
28078 \begin_inset space ~
28082 \begin_inset space ~
28085 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28087 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28094 also for the spellchecker.
28098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28099 The encodings are explained in section
28100 \begin_inset space ~
28104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28106 reference "sub:Settings"
28115 Only enable this if you use
28119 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28120 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28121 so this is disabled by default.
28124 \begin_layout Section
28129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28138 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28145 \begin_layout Standard
28146 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28149 \begin_layout Standard
28150 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28153 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28156 or the toolbar button
28157 \begin_inset Graphics
28158 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28159 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28160 rotateOrigin center
28165 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28169 \begin_layout Standard
28170 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28171 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28172 cases to find related words.
28175 \begin_layout Standard
28176 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28178 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28186 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28195 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28214 \begin_layout Section
28219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28230 Document ! Change Tracking
28236 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28238 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28245 \begin_layout Standard
28246 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28247 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28248 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28249 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28251 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28253 \begin_inset space ~
28256 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28258 \begin_inset space ~
28266 \begin_layout Standard
28267 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28276 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28279 \begin_inset space ~
28283 \begin_inset space ~
28296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28305 \begin_layout Standard
28306 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28319 \begin_layout Standard
28320 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28326 \begin_layout Standard
28327 \begin_inset Graphics
28328 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28335 \begin_layout Standard
28336 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28342 \begin_layout Standard
28343 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28347 \begin_layout Standard
28348 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28354 \begin_layout Standard
28355 \begin_inset Tabular
28356 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28357 <features islongtable="true">
28358 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28359 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28360 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28365 \begin_inset Graphics
28366 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28367 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28368 rotateOrigin center
28377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28383 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28385 \begin_inset space ~
28388 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28390 \begin_inset space ~
28399 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28404 \begin_inset Graphics
28405 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28406 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28407 rotateOrigin center
28416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28422 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28424 \begin_inset space ~
28427 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28429 \begin_inset space ~
28433 \begin_inset space ~
28437 \begin_inset space ~
28446 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28451 \begin_inset Graphics
28452 filename ../images/change-next.png
28453 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28454 rotateOrigin center
28463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28467 Jumps to the next change
28473 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28478 \begin_inset Graphics
28479 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28480 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28481 rotateOrigin center
28490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28496 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28498 \begin_inset space ~
28501 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28503 \begin_inset space ~
28512 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28517 \begin_inset Graphics
28518 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28519 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28520 rotateOrigin center
28529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28535 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28537 \begin_inset space ~
28540 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28542 \begin_inset space ~
28551 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28556 \begin_inset Graphics
28557 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28558 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28559 rotateOrigin center
28568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28574 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28576 \begin_inset space ~
28579 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28581 \begin_inset space ~
28590 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28595 \begin_inset Graphics
28596 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28597 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28598 rotateOrigin center
28607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28613 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28615 \begin_inset space ~
28618 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28620 \begin_inset space ~
28624 \begin_inset space ~
28633 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28638 \begin_inset Graphics
28639 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28640 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28641 rotateOrigin center
28650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28656 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28658 \begin_inset space ~
28661 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28663 \begin_inset space ~
28667 \begin_inset space ~
28676 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28681 \begin_inset Graphics
28682 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28683 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28684 rotateOrigin center
28693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28699 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28700 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28702 \begin_inset space ~
28711 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28716 \begin_inset Graphics
28717 filename ../images/note-next.png
28718 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28719 rotateOrigin center
28728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28734 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28736 \begin_inset space ~
28752 \begin_layout Standard
28753 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28759 \begin_layout Standard
28760 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
28761 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
28762 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
28763 the next change behind the current cursor position.
28764 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
28765 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
28766 step to the next change.
28767 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
28770 \begin_layout Standard
28771 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
28772 to describe a change.
28775 \begin_layout Standard
28776 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
28784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28785 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
28791 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28792 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28798 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28801 \begin_layout Section
28802 International Support
28806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28807 International support
28815 \begin_layout Standard
28816 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
28817 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
28818 how to set up LyX to use them:
28819 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28821 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
28828 \begin_layout Standard
28829 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
28830 \begin_inset space ~
28834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28836 reference "sub:Special-Character"
28843 \begin_layout Subsection
28848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28859 Document ! Settings
28868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28869 Document ! Language
28877 \begin_layout Standard
28880 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28883 dialog lets you set
28885 the language and character encoding for your language.
28889 \begin_layout Standard
28890 Choose your language in the
28894 section of this dialog.
28902 \begin_layout Standard
28907 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
28911 use language's default encoding
28913 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
28914 For details abhout the different encoding options see section
28915 \begin_inset space ~
28919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28921 reference "sub:Settings"
28928 \begin_layout Subsection
28929 Keyboard mapping configuration
28932 \begin_layout Standard
28933 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
28934 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
28935 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
28936 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
28937 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
28939 \begin_inset space ~
28943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28945 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
28950 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
28951 which one you want to use.
28954 \begin_layout Standard
28955 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
28956 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
28957 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
28958 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
28959 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
28960 one to support the characters you want.
28961 This and much more customizations are explained in the
28968 \begin_layout Subsection
28970 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28979 \begin_layout Standard
28981 \begin_inset space ~
28985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28987 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
28996 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29000 \begin_layout Standard
29001 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29002 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29010 \begin_layout Itemize
29011 Even if you have selected
29017 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29020 dialog, users who have only the
29024 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29028 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29029 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29030 french quotes won't show up.
29033 \begin_layout Standard
29034 \begin_inset Float table
29039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29040 \begin_inset Caption
29042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29043 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29045 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29063 \begin_inset Tabular
29064 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29066 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29067 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29068 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29069 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29070 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29071 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29072 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29073 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29074 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29075 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29076 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29077 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29078 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29079 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29080 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29081 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29082 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33495 \begin_layout Standard
33496 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33498 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33499 also the characters from
33511 \begin_layout Itemize
33520 \begin_layout Standard
33521 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33522 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33528 \begin_layout Standard
33529 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33530 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33536 \begin_layout Standard
33537 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33538 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33544 \begin_layout Standard
33545 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33546 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33552 \begin_layout Standard
33554 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33560 \begin_layout Standard
33562 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33568 \begin_layout Standard
33570 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33577 \begin_layout Itemize
33590 \begin_layout Standard
33592 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33598 \begin_layout Standard
33600 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33606 \begin_layout Standard
33608 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33614 \begin_layout Standard
33616 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33622 \begin_layout Standard
33624 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33630 \begin_layout Standard
33632 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33639 \begin_layout Standard
33640 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33641 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33642 Also make sure you're using the
33649 \begin_layout Chapter
33652 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33654 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33661 \begin_layout Standard
33662 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33663 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33664 inside the user's guide.
33667 \begin_layout Section
33672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33681 \begin_layout Standard
33686 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33687 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33690 \begin_layout Subsection
33694 \begin_layout Standard
33695 Creates a new document.
33698 \begin_layout Subsection
33702 \begin_layout Standard
33703 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
33704 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
33705 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
33708 \begin_layout Subsection
33712 \begin_layout Standard
33716 \begin_layout Subsection
33720 \begin_layout Standard
33721 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
33722 Click there on a file to open it.
33725 \begin_layout Subsection
33729 \begin_layout Standard
33730 Closes the current document.
33733 \begin_layout Subsection
33737 \begin_layout Standard
33738 Saves the actual document.
33741 \begin_layout Subsection
33745 \begin_layout Standard
33746 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
33749 \begin_layout Subsection
33753 \begin_layout Standard
33754 Reloads the actual document from disk.
33757 \begin_layout Subsection
33761 \begin_layout Standard
33762 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
33763 It is described in the section
33765 Version Control in LyX
33770 \begin_inset space ~
33778 \begin_layout Subsection
33782 \begin_layout Standard
33783 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
33784 text files (ASCII-files).
33785 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
33788 \begin_layout Standard
33789 When using the menu
33792 \begin_inset space ~
33796 \begin_inset space ~
33801 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
33802 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
33803 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
33804 will start a new paragraph.
33807 \begin_layout Subsection
33809 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33818 \begin_layout Standard
33819 You can export your document to various file formats.
33820 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
33821 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
33822 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
33825 \begin_layout Standard
33826 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
33828 \begin_inset space ~
33832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33834 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
33841 \begin_layout Description
33845 \begin_inset space ~
33850 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
33851 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
33854 \begin_layout Description
33862 \begin_layout Description
33863 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
33867 \begin_layout Description
33869 \begin_inset space ~
33873 \begin_inset space ~
33876 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
33880 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
33888 \begin_layout Description
33895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33903 \begin_inset space ~
33908 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
33909 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
33913 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
33916 \begin_layout Description
33923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33931 \begin_inset space ~
33936 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
33937 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
33945 \begin_layout Description
33947 \begin_inset space ~
33950 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
33951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33958 is replaced by the version number)
33961 \begin_layout Description
33962 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
33975 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
33979 \begin_layout Description
33984 PDF-format using the program
33989 \begin_layout Description
33993 \begin_inset space ~
33998 PDF-format using the program
34003 \begin_layout Description
34007 \begin_inset space ~
34012 PDF-format using the program
34017 \begin_layout Description
34021 \begin_inset space ~
34029 \begin_layout Description
34033 \begin_inset space ~
34037 \begin_inset space ~
34042 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34043 and then exported as text using the program
34048 \begin_layout Description
34053 PostScript format using the program
34058 \begin_layout Description
34066 \begin_layout Standard
34071 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
34072 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34078 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
34081 \begin_layout Standard
34082 If one of the menu entries
34089 \begin_inset space ~
34098 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34099 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34100 \begin_inset space ~
34104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34106 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34115 Reconfiguration of LyX
34123 \begin_layout Standard
34128 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34129 the export program.
34132 \begin_layout Subsection
34136 \begin_layout Standard
34137 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34138 or send it to a printer.
34139 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34140 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34146 For more informations have a look at section
34147 \begin_inset space ~
34151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34153 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34160 \begin_layout Subsection
34161 New and Close Window
34164 \begin_layout Standard
34165 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34166 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34169 \begin_layout Section
34174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34183 \begin_layout Subsection
34187 \begin_layout Standard
34188 Described in section
34189 \begin_inset space ~
34193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34195 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34202 \begin_layout Subsection
34203 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34206 \begin_layout Standard
34207 Described in section
34208 \begin_inset space ~
34212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34214 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34221 \begin_layout Subsection
34225 \begin_layout Standard
34226 Selects the whole document.
34229 \begin_layout Subsection
34233 \begin_layout Standard
34234 Described in section
34235 \begin_inset space ~
34239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34241 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34248 \begin_layout Subsection
34249 Move paragraph Up/Down
34252 \begin_layout Standard
34253 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34257 \begin_layout Subsection
34261 \begin_layout Standard
34262 Described in section
34263 \begin_inset space ~
34267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34269 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34276 \begin_layout Subsection
34281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34282 Paragraph ! Settings
34290 \begin_layout Standard
34291 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34293 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34296 \begin_layout Standard
34297 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34298 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34301 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34307 \begin_inset space ~
34315 \begin_layout Subsection
34319 \begin_layout Standard
34320 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34321 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34322 The properties of tables are described in section
34323 \begin_inset space ~
34327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34329 reference "sec:Tables"
34333 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34334 \begin_inset space ~
34338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34340 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34347 \begin_layout Subsection
34348 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34351 \begin_layout Standard
34352 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34354 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34355 \begin_inset space ~
34359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34361 reference "sec:Nesting"
34366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34368 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34375 \begin_layout Section
34380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34389 \begin_layout Standard
34394 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34395 document with an external program.
34396 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34397 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34398 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34399 \begin_inset space ~
34403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34405 reference "sub:Export"
34410 You should at least see the menu entries
34417 \begin_inset space ~
34423 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34424 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34425 \begin_inset space ~
34429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34431 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34440 Reconfiguration of LyX
34448 \begin_layout Standard
34449 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34450 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34451 \begin_inset space ~
34455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34457 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34462 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34465 \begin_layout Standard
34466 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34469 At the bottom of the
34473 menu the opened documents are listed.
34476 \begin_layout Subsection
34480 \begin_layout Standard
34481 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34483 \begin_inset space ~
34487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34489 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34496 \begin_layout Subsection
34500 \begin_layout Standard
34501 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34502 opening a new view window.
34505 \begin_layout Subsection
34507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34509 name "sub:Toolbars"
34517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34526 \begin_layout Standard
34527 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34528 All toolbars and the
34531 \begin_inset space ~
34536 can be turned on and off.
34541 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34553 \begin_inset space ~
34562 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34566 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34573 \begin_layout Standard
34578 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34582 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34583 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34584 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34585 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34586 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34589 \begin_layout Standard
34590 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34591 \begin_inset space ~
34595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34597 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34604 \begin_layout Section
34609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34618 \begin_layout Subsection
34622 \begin_layout Standard
34623 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34624 \begin_inset space ~
34628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34630 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34637 \begin_layout Subsection
34639 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34641 name "sub:Special-Character"
34648 \begin_layout Standard
34649 Here you can insert the following characters:
34652 \begin_layout Description
34653 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
34657 \begin_layout Description
34659 \begin_inset space ~
34663 \begin_inset space ~
34666 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
34667 \begin_inset space ~
34671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34673 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
34680 \begin_layout Description
34682 \begin_inset space ~
34685 Quote Inserts this quote:
34686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34689 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
34691 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34701 \begin_layout Description
34703 \begin_inset space ~
34706 Quote Inserts this quote:
34707 \begin_inset Quotes els
34713 \begin_layout Description
34715 \begin_inset space ~
34718 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
34722 \begin_layout Description
34724 \begin_inset space ~
34731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34742 Language ! Phonetic symbols
34747 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
34748 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
34749 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
34757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34758 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
34764 \begin_inset Newline newline
34767 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
34771 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34779 and this Wiki-page:
34780 \begin_inset Newline newline
34784 \begin_inset Flex URL
34787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34789 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
34797 \begin_layout Subsection
34801 \begin_layout Standard
34802 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
34805 \begin_layout Description
34806 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
34807 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
34813 \begin_layout Description
34814 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
34815 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
34821 \begin_layout Description
34823 \begin_inset space ~
34826 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
34827 \begin_inset space ~
34831 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34833 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
34840 \begin_layout Description
34842 \begin_inset space ~
34845 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
34846 \begin_inset space ~
34850 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34852 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
34859 \begin_layout Description
34861 \begin_inset space ~
34864 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
34865 \begin_inset space ~
34869 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34871 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
34878 \begin_layout Description
34880 \begin_inset space ~
34883 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
34884 \begin_inset space ~
34888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34890 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
34897 \begin_layout Description
34899 \begin_inset space ~
34902 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
34903 \begin_inset space ~
34907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34909 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
34916 \begin_layout Description
34918 \begin_inset space ~
34921 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
34922 \begin_inset space ~
34926 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34928 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
34935 \begin_layout Description
34937 \begin_inset space ~
34940 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
34941 \begin_inset space ~
34945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34947 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
34954 \begin_layout Description
34956 \begin_inset space ~
34959 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
34960 \begin_inset space ~
34964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34966 reference "sub:Ligatures"
34973 \begin_layout Description
34975 \begin_inset space ~
34978 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section
34979 \begin_inset space ~
34983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34985 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
34992 \begin_layout Description
34994 \begin_inset space ~
34997 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section
34998 \begin_inset space ~
35002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35004 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
35011 \begin_layout Description
35013 \begin_inset space ~
35016 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section
35017 \begin_inset space ~
35021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35023 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35030 \begin_layout Description
35032 \begin_inset space ~
35036 \begin_inset space ~
35039 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35040 \begin_inset space ~
35044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35046 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35053 \begin_layout Subsection
35057 \begin_layout Standard
35058 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35059 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35061 \begin_inset space ~
35065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35067 reference "sec:toc"
35072 The index list is described in section
35073 \begin_inset space ~
35077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35079 reference "sec:Index"
35083 , the nomenclature in section
35084 \begin_inset space ~
35088 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35090 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35094 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35095 \begin_inset space ~
35099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35101 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35108 \begin_layout Subsection
35112 \begin_layout Standard
35113 To insert floats, described in section
35114 \begin_inset space ~
35118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35120 reference "sec:Floats"
35127 \begin_layout Subsection
35131 \begin_layout Standard
35132 To insert notes, described in section
35133 \begin_inset space ~
35137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35139 reference "sec:Notes"
35146 \begin_layout Subsection
35150 \begin_layout Standard
35151 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35152 \begin_inset space ~
35156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35158 reference "sec:Branches"
35165 \begin_layout Subsection
35170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35179 \begin_layout Standard
35180 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35181 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35192 \begin_layout Subsection
35197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35206 \begin_layout Standard
35207 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35208 \begin_inset space ~
35212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35214 reference "sec:Minipages"
35219 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35230 \begin_layout Subsection
35234 \begin_layout Standard
35235 Inserts a citation as described in section
35236 \begin_inset space ~
35240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35242 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35249 \begin_layout Subsection
35253 \begin_layout Standard
35254 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35255 \begin_inset space ~
35259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35261 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35268 \begin_layout Subsection
35272 \begin_layout Standard
35273 Inserts a label as described in section
35274 \begin_inset space ~
35278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35280 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35287 \begin_layout Subsection
35292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35303 Longtables ! Caption
35311 \begin_layout Standard
35312 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35313 Floats are described in section
35314 \begin_inset space ~
35318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35320 reference "sec:Floats"
35324 , cations in longtables are described in section
35335 \begin_layout Subsection
35339 \begin_layout Standard
35340 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35341 \begin_inset space ~
35345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35347 reference "sec:Index"
35354 \begin_layout Subsection
35358 \begin_layout Standard
35359 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35360 \begin_inset space ~
35364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35366 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35373 \begin_layout Subsection
35377 \begin_layout Standard
35379 Tables are described in section
35380 \begin_inset space ~
35384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35386 reference "sec:Tables"
35393 \begin_layout Subsection
35397 \begin_layout Standard
35399 Graphics are described in section
35400 \begin_inset space ~
35404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35406 reference "sec:Graphics"
35413 \begin_layout Subsection
35417 \begin_layout Standard
35418 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35419 \begin_inset space ~
35423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35425 reference "sec:URL"
35432 \begin_layout Subsection
35436 \begin_layout Standard
35437 Inserts a footnote, see section
35438 \begin_inset space ~
35442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35444 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35451 \begin_layout Subsection
35455 \begin_layout Standard
35456 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35457 \begin_inset space ~
35461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35463 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35470 \begin_layout Subsection
35474 \begin_layout Standard
35475 Inserts a short title, see section
35476 \begin_inset space ~
35480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35482 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35489 \begin_layout Subsection
35493 \begin_layout Standard
35494 Inserts an ERT box, see section
35495 \begin_inset space ~
35499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35501 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
35508 \begin_layout Subsection
35513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35522 \begin_layout Standard
35523 Inserts a program listings box.
35524 Program listings are explained in chapter
35526 Program Code Listings
35535 \begin_layout Subsection
35539 \begin_layout Standard
35540 Inserts the actual date.
35541 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35543 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35553 There the different methods are also compared.
35556 \begin_layout Section
35561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35570 \begin_layout Standard
35571 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35572 the current document.
35573 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35576 \begin_layout Standard
35577 The Navigate menu also offers to
35580 \begin_layout Subsection
35584 \begin_layout Standard
35585 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35586 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35589 \begin_inset space ~
35593 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
35594 \begin_inset space ~
35597 2.5 and use the menu
35600 \begin_inset space ~
35604 \begin_inset space ~
35611 \begin_inset space ~
35617 \begin_inset space ~
35621 \begin_inset space ~
35627 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
35639 \begin_layout Standard
35640 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
35641 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
35644 \begin_layout Subsection
35645 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
35648 \begin_layout Standard
35649 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
35653 \begin_layout Subsection
35657 \begin_layout Standard
35658 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
35659 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
35660 on a cross-reference box.
35663 \begin_layout Section
35668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35677 \begin_layout Subsection
35681 \begin_layout Standard
35682 Change Tracking is described in section
35683 \begin_inset space ~
35687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35689 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35696 \begin_layout Subsection
35701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35711 \begin_layout Standard
35712 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
35714 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
35717 \begin_layout Standard
35718 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
35723 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
35726 \begin_layout Subsection
35730 \begin_layout Standard
35731 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
35732 \begin_inset space ~
35736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35738 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
35745 \begin_layout Subsection
35746 Start Appendix Here
35749 \begin_layout Standard
35750 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
35751 position as described in section
35752 \begin_inset space ~
35756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35758 reference "sec:Appendices"
35765 \begin_layout Subsection
35769 \begin_layout Standard
35770 Un/compresses the actual document.
35773 \begin_layout Subsection
35775 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35777 name "sub:Settings"
35785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35786 Document ! Settings
35794 \begin_layout Standard
35795 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
35797 You can save your document settings as default with the
35799 Save as Document Defaults
35801 button in the dialog.
35802 This will create a template named
35806 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
35810 \begin_layout Standard
35811 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
35814 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35818 \begin_layout Standard
35819 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
35820 Document classes are described in section
35821 \begin_inset space ~
35825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35827 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
35832 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
35837 , the default driver for the Latex@LaTeX-packages are used.
35838 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
35841 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35845 \begin_layout Standard
35846 The document font settings are described in section
35847 \begin_inset space ~
35851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35853 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
35860 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35864 \begin_layout Standard
35865 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
35867 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
35871 \begin_layout Standard
35872 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
35873 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
35874 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
35877 \begin_layout Standard
35878 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
35886 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35890 \begin_layout Standard
35891 A description of this menu is given in section
35892 \begin_inset space ~
35896 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35898 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
35903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35905 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
35912 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35916 \begin_layout Standard
35917 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
35918 \begin_inset space ~
35922 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35924 reference "sub:Margins"
35931 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35937 Language ! Encoding
35945 \begin_layout Standard
35946 The document language and quote styles are set here.
35947 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
35948 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
35949 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
35950 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
35951 known for a particular character).
35955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35956 The known commands are defined in a text file.
35957 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
35962 manual for details.
35970 \begin_layout Standard
35971 If you use the option
35973 use language's default encoding
35975 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
35977 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
35978 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
35979 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
35980 exactly one encoding.
35981 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
35989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35990 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
35991 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
35993 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
35994 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36008 \begin_layout Standard
36009 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36010 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36011 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36012 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36013 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36014 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
36017 use language's default encoding
36019 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36020 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
36021 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36024 \begin_layout Standard
36025 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36028 \begin_layout Description
36030 \begin_inset space ~
36035 use language's default encoding
36037 , but the LaTeX-package
36045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36046 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36052 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
36055 \begin_layout Description
36056 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36059 \begin_layout Description
36060 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36061 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36064 \begin_layout Description
36065 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36068 \begin_layout Description
36069 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36072 \begin_layout Description
36073 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36076 \begin_layout Description
36077 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36080 \begin_layout Description
36081 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36084 \begin_layout Description
36085 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36086 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36089 \begin_layout Description
36090 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36091 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36094 \begin_layout Description
36095 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36098 \begin_layout Description
36099 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36102 \begin_layout Description
36103 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36106 \begin_layout Description
36107 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36110 \begin_layout Description
36111 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36112 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36113 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36117 \begin_layout Description
36118 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36119 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36122 \begin_layout Description
36123 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36127 \begin_layout Description
36128 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36131 \begin_layout Description
36132 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36133 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36136 \begin_layout Description
36137 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36138 the euro currency sign, the
36142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36151 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36152 be the replacement for latin1
36155 \begin_layout Description
36156 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36159 \begin_layout Description
36160 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36169 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36174 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
36177 \begin_layout Description
36178 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36182 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
36185 \begin_layout Description
36186 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36195 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36200 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36203 \begin_layout Description
36204 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36208 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36217 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36218 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36232 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36236 \begin_layout Standard
36237 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36239 \begin_inset space ~
36243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36245 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36252 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36256 \begin_layout Standard
36257 You can specify here a citation style using the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36266 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36280 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36286 For a further description see section
36287 \begin_inset space ~
36291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36293 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36300 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36304 \begin_layout Standard
36305 These options will force LyX to use the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36314 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36328 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! esint
36333 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36336 \begin_layout Standard
36341 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36342 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36345 \begin_layout Standard
36350 is used for special integral characters.
36353 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36357 \begin_layout Standard
36358 The float placement options are described in section
36359 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36365 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36372 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36376 \begin_layout Standard
36377 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36378 The itemize environment is described in section
36379 \begin_inset space ~
36383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36385 reference "sec:Itemize"
36392 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36396 \begin_layout Standard
36397 Branches are described in section
36398 \begin_inset space ~
36402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36404 reference "sec:Branches"
36411 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36426 \begin_layout Standard
36427 In this text field are entered commands to load special Latex@LaTeX-packages
36428 or to define LaTeX-commands.
36429 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36430 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36434 \begin_layout Standard
36435 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36436 \begin_inset space ~
36440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36442 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36449 \begin_layout Section
36454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36463 \begin_layout Subsection
36467 \begin_layout Standard
36468 Spell checking is explained in section
36469 \begin_inset space ~
36473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36475 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36482 \begin_layout Subsection
36486 \begin_layout Standard
36487 The thesaurus is described in section
36488 \begin_inset space ~
36492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36494 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36501 \begin_layout Subsection
36506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36515 \begin_layout Standard
36516 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36520 \begin_layout Subsection
36525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36534 \begin_layout Standard
36535 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36538 \begin_layout Subsection
36543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36544 Lyx@LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36555 Reconfiguration of LyX
36559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36576 Reconfiguration of LyX
36584 \begin_layout Standard
36585 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36586 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36587 \begin_inset space ~
36591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36593 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36600 \begin_layout Subsection
36604 \begin_layout Standard
36605 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
36606 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36612 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36619 \begin_layout Section
36624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36633 \begin_layout Standard
36634 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36638 \begin_layout Standard
36642 \begin_inset space ~
36647 shows a LyX-document with informations about the Latex@LaTeX-packages and
36648 classes found by LyX (see also section
36649 \begin_inset space ~
36653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36655 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36662 \begin_layout Section
36664 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36666 name "sec:Toolbars"
36673 \begin_layout Standard
36674 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36675 \begin_inset space ~
36679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36681 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36688 \begin_layout Standard
36689 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36690 This is described in the
36697 \begin_layout Subsection
36702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36711 \begin_layout Standard
36712 \begin_inset Graphics
36713 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36721 \begin_layout Standard
36722 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36728 \begin_layout Standard
36729 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36746 \begin_inset Note Note
36749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36750 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36755 manual for more information.
36763 \begin_layout Standard
36764 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36770 \begin_layout Standard
36771 \begin_inset Tabular
36772 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36773 <features islongtable="true">
36774 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36775 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36781 \begin_inset Graphics
36782 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36796 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
36809 \begin_layout Standard
36810 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36816 \begin_layout Standard
36818 \begin_inset Tabular
36819 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36820 <features islongtable="true">
36821 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36822 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36823 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36830 \begin_inset Graphics
36831 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36832 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36847 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36854 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36859 \begin_inset Graphics
36860 filename ../images/file-open.png
36861 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36876 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36883 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36888 \begin_inset Graphics
36889 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36890 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36905 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36912 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36917 \begin_inset Graphics
36918 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36919 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36934 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36941 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36946 \begin_inset Graphics
36947 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36948 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36963 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36970 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36975 \begin_inset Graphics
36976 filename ../images/undo.png
36977 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36992 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36999 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37004 \begin_inset Graphics
37005 filename ../images/redo.png
37006 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37021 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37028 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37033 \begin_inset Graphics
37034 filename ../images/cut.png
37035 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37050 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37057 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37062 \begin_inset Graphics
37063 filename ../images/copy.png
37064 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37079 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37086 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37091 \begin_inset Graphics
37092 filename ../images/paste.png
37093 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37108 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37115 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37120 \begin_inset Graphics
37121 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37122 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37123 rotateOrigin center
37132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37138 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37140 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37144 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37153 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37158 \begin_inset Graphics
37159 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37160 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37173 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37175 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37177 \begin_inset space ~
37188 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37193 \begin_inset Graphics
37194 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37195 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37208 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37210 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37212 \begin_inset space ~
37223 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37228 \begin_inset Graphics
37229 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37230 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37243 Formats text using the current settings in the
37245 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37247 \begin_inset space ~
37258 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37263 \begin_inset Graphics
37264 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37265 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37280 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37281 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37283 \begin_inset space ~
37292 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37297 \begin_inset Graphics
37298 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37299 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37300 rotateOrigin center
37309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37315 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37322 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37327 \begin_inset Graphics
37328 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37329 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37330 rotateOrigin center
37339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37345 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37352 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37357 \begin_inset Graphics
37358 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37359 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37360 rotateOrigin center
37369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37373 Toggle outline window on/off,
37375 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37382 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37387 \begin_inset Graphics
37388 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37389 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37390 rotateOrigin center
37399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37403 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37409 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37414 \begin_inset Graphics
37415 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37416 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37417 rotateOrigin center
37426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37430 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37443 \begin_layout Subsection
37448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37457 \begin_layout Standard
37458 \begin_inset Graphics
37459 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37467 \begin_layout Standard
37468 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37474 \begin_layout Standard
37475 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37479 \begin_layout Standard
37480 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37486 \begin_layout Standard
37487 \begin_inset Tabular
37488 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37489 <features islongtable="true">
37490 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37491 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37492 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37497 \begin_inset Graphics
37498 filename ../images/layout.png
37499 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37500 rotateOrigin center
37509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37519 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37524 \begin_inset Graphics
37525 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37526 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37527 rotateOrigin center
37536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37546 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37551 \begin_inset Graphics
37552 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37553 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37554 rotateOrigin center
37563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37573 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37578 \begin_inset Graphics
37579 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37580 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37581 rotateOrigin center
37590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37600 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37605 \begin_inset Graphics
37606 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37607 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37608 rotateOrigin center
37617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37627 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37632 \begin_inset Graphics
37633 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37634 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37635 rotateOrigin center
37644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37650 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37652 \begin_inset space ~
37656 \begin_inset space ~
37665 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37670 \begin_inset Graphics
37671 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37672 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37673 rotateOrigin center
37682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37688 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37690 \begin_inset space ~
37694 \begin_inset space ~
37703 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37708 \begin_inset Graphics
37709 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37710 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37725 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37726 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37733 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37738 \begin_inset Graphics
37739 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37740 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37755 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37756 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37763 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37768 \begin_inset Graphics
37769 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37770 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37785 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37792 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37797 \begin_inset Graphics
37798 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37799 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37814 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37821 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37826 \begin_inset Graphics
37827 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37828 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37843 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37850 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37855 \begin_inset Graphics
37856 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37857 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37872 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37874 \begin_inset space ~
37883 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37888 \begin_inset Graphics
37889 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37890 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37905 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37907 \begin_inset space ~
37916 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37921 \begin_inset Graphics
37922 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37923 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37938 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37945 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37950 \begin_inset Graphics
37951 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37953 rotateOrigin center
37962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37968 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37970 \begin_inset space ~
37979 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37984 \begin_inset Graphics
37985 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37986 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38001 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38002 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38004 \begin_inset space ~
38013 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38018 \begin_inset Graphics
38019 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38020 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38035 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38042 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38047 \begin_inset Graphics
38048 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38049 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38064 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38071 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38076 \begin_inset Graphics
38077 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38078 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38093 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38115 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38120 \begin_inset Graphics
38121 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38122 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38137 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38138 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38140 \begin_inset space ~
38149 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38154 \begin_inset Graphics
38155 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38156 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38157 rotateOrigin center
38166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38172 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38174 \begin_inset space ~
38183 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38188 \begin_inset Graphics
38189 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38190 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38191 rotateOrigin center
38200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38206 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38208 \begin_inset space ~
38217 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38222 \begin_inset Graphics
38223 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38224 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38225 rotateOrigin center
38234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38240 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38254 \begin_layout Subsection
38255 View / Update Toolbar
38259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38260 Toolbar ! View / Update
38268 \begin_layout Standard
38269 \begin_inset Graphics
38270 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38277 \begin_layout Standard
38278 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38284 \begin_layout Standard
38285 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38289 \begin_layout Standard
38290 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38296 \begin_layout Standard
38297 \begin_inset Tabular
38298 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38299 <features islongtable="true">
38300 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38301 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38302 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38307 \begin_inset Graphics
38308 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38309 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38310 rotateOrigin center
38319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38325 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38332 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38337 \begin_inset Graphics
38338 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38339 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38340 rotateOrigin center
38349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38355 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38356 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38363 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38368 \begin_inset Graphics
38369 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38370 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38371 rotateOrigin center
38380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38386 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38393 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38398 \begin_inset Graphics
38399 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38400 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38401 rotateOrigin center
38410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38416 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38417 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38423 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38424 functionality is merged with
38426 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38441 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38446 \begin_inset Graphics
38447 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38448 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38449 rotateOrigin center
38458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38464 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38471 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38476 \begin_inset Graphics
38477 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38478 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38479 rotateOrigin center
38488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38494 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38495 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38509 \begin_layout Subsection
38513 \begin_layout Standard
38514 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38515 \begin_inset space ~
38519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38521 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38525 , the table toolbar
38529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38535 is explained in the
38542 \begin_layout Chapter
38548 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38550 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38567 \begin_layout Standard
38568 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38570 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38573 \begin_layout Section
38577 \begin_layout Subsection
38579 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38590 Customization ! of toolbars
38599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38600 Customization ! of menus
38608 \begin_layout Standard
38609 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38617 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
38625 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38626 User Interface File
38630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38631 Customization ! of toolbars
38640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38641 Customization ! of menus
38649 \begin_layout Standard
38650 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
38651 interface (ui) file.
38652 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
38653 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
38662 Both files are loaded by the
38667 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
38668 files and edit the entries.
38671 \begin_layout Standard
38672 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
38684 entries must be ended with an explicit
38709 and in the case of the
38710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38722 The syntax for the entries is:
38725 \begin_layout Standard
38726 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38754 \begin_layout Standard
38756 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38759 All LyX-functions are listed in
38760 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38769 \begin_layout Standard
38770 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
38776 \begin_layout Standard
38777 An example: Assuming you use the menu
38779 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38782 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
38786 \begin_layout Standard
38787 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38792 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
38795 \begin_layout Standard
38797 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38800 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
38803 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38817 \begin_layout Standard
38818 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
38819 Several binding files are available:
38822 \begin_layout Description
38823 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
38826 \begin_layout Description
38827 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
38838 \begin_layout Description
38839 mac.bind set of bindings for
38842 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38850 \begin_layout Standard
38851 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
38855 , and bind files for special languages.
38856 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
38858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38866 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
38870 \begin_layout Standard
38871 Some bind-files, like
38875 , have only a small scope.
38876 When looking at the the end of the file
38880 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
38883 \begin_layout Standard
38884 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
38885 s with a text editor.
38886 The syntax of the entries is:
38889 \begin_layout Standard
38895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38913 \begin_layout Standard
38914 All LyX-functions are listed in
38915 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38924 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38928 \begin_layout Standard
38932 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38936 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38939 restore window size, or use fixed size
38941 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
38945 \begin_layout Standard
38949 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38953 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38956 restore window position
38958 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
38961 \begin_layout Standard
38964 Restore cursor positions
38966 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
38970 \begin_layout Standard
38973 Load opened files from last session
38975 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
38978 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38980 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38982 name "sub:Backup documents"
38990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38999 \begin_layout Standard
39004 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39007 \begin_layout Standard
39012 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39015 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39017 \begin_inset space ~
39025 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39029 \begin_layout Standard
39032 Cursor follows scrollbar
39034 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39038 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39042 \begin_layout Standard
39045 Enable Pixmap Cache
39047 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39048 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39049 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39050 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39052 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39053 \begin_inset space ~
39059 \begin_layout Subsection
39064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39071 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39073 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39080 \begin_layout Standard
39081 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39084 \begin_layout Standard
39085 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39093 This section only deals with the fonts
39098 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39101 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39102 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39113 \begin_layout Standard
39114 By default, LyX uses
39118 as roman (serif) font,
39126 (depends on the system) as
39129 \begin_inset space ~
39145 \begin_layout Standard
39146 You can change the font size with the
39153 \begin_layout Standard
39158 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39159 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39164 points have the size of 1
39165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39169 \begin_inset space ~
39173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39175 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39182 \begin_layout Standard
39187 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39188 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39192 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39193 \begin_inset space ~
39197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39199 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39206 \begin_layout Subsection
39211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39230 \begin_layout Standard
39231 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39232 Choose an item in the list and use the
39239 \begin_layout Subsection
39244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39245 Settings ! Graphics
39253 \begin_layout Standard
39254 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39257 \begin_layout Standard
39262 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39263 This feature is described in section
39264 \begin_inset space ~
39268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39270 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39277 \begin_layout Subsection
39282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39293 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39299 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39301 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39308 \begin_layout Standard
39309 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39310 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39312 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39316 \begin_inset space ~
39319 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39320 can use the keyboard map file named
39327 \begin_layout Standard
39328 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39336 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39344 \begin_layout Section
39349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39360 Settings ! Directory
39368 \begin_layout Description
39370 \begin_inset space ~
39373 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39374 It is the default when you
39385 \begin_inset space ~
39393 \begin_layout Description
39395 \begin_inset space ~
39398 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39400 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39402 \begin_inset space ~
39406 \begin_inset space ~
39414 \begin_layout Description
39416 \begin_inset space ~
39423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39429 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39430 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39431 \begin_inset space ~
39435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39437 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39445 will be used to save the backups.
39446 \begin_inset Newline newline
39449 The backup files have the ending
39450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39460 \begin_layout Description
39465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39472 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39473 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39474 \begin_inset Newline newline
39478 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39486 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39494 \begin_layout Description
39496 \begin_inset space ~
39499 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39502 \begin_layout Description
39504 \begin_inset space ~
39507 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39508 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39509 to find it on the system.
39510 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39511 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39513 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39517 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39520 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39521 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39525 \begin_layout Section
39529 \begin_layout Standard
39530 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39531 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39533 \begin_inset space ~
39537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39539 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39543 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39546 \begin_layout Section
39551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39552 Language ! Settings
39561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39562 Settings ! Language
39570 \begin_layout Subsection
39574 \begin_layout Description
39576 \begin_inset space ~
39579 language is the language used in new documents
39582 \begin_layout Description
39584 \begin_inset space ~
39587 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
39589 The default is the LaTeX-command
39595 that loads the package
39603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39604 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
39605 \begin_inset space ~
39609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39611 reference "sec:ERT"
39621 \begin_inset Newline newline
39628 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
39629 the document language.
39630 A text label is for instance the word
39631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39638 at the beginning of every table-caption.
39641 \begin_layout Description
39643 \begin_inset space ~
39646 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
39647 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
39648 An example is the start command
39654 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
39659 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39674 selectlanguage{$$lang}
39679 \begin_layout Description
39681 \begin_inset space ~
39689 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
39690 command toggles the package on and off.
39693 \begin_layout Description
39695 \begin_inset space ~
39705 \begin_layout Description
39706 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
39707 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
39708 used by all Latex@LaTeX-packages.
39709 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
39716 \begin_layout Description
39718 \begin_inset space ~
39721 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
39723 When this option is not set, the
39726 \begin_inset space ~
39731 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
39732 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
39735 \begin_inset space ~
39743 \begin_layout Description
39745 \begin_inset space ~
39751 \begin_inset space ~
39757 When it is not set, the
39760 \begin_inset space ~
39765 is set to the end of the document.
39768 \begin_layout Description
39770 \begin_inset space ~
39774 \begin_inset space ~
39777 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
39778 language will be underlined blue.
39781 \begin_layout Description
39783 \begin_inset space ~
39787 \begin_inset space ~
39791 \begin_inset space ~
39795 \begin_inset space ~
39798 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
39802 \begin_layout Subsection
39806 \begin_layout Standard
39807 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
39808 \begin_inset space ~
39812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39814 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39821 \begin_layout Section
39825 \begin_layout Subsection
39827 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39856 \begin_layout Description
39858 \begin_inset space ~
39861 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
39862 The name will be used when the
39867 \begin_inset Newline newline
39871 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39879 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
39888 \begin_layout Description
39890 \begin_inset space ~
39894 \begin_inset space ~
39898 \begin_inset space ~
39901 printer This option works only for the
39906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39918 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
39919 This is an option only for dvips experts.
39922 \begin_layout Description
39924 \begin_inset space ~
39927 command is the command LyX
39928 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39932 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39935 LaTeX uses for printing.
39936 The default is on most systems
39943 \begin_layout Description
39945 \begin_inset space ~
39949 \begin_inset space ~
39952 Options Here you can specify printer options.
39953 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
39954 of the program that provides the
39961 \begin_layout Subsection
39966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39977 Settings ! Date format
39985 \begin_layout Standard
39986 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
39987 \begin_inset Newline newline
39991 \begin_inset Flex URL
39994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39996 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40002 \begin_inset Newline newline
40005 For example the format
40006 \begin_inset Newline newline
40010 \begin_inset Newline newline
40013 prints the date as day/month/year.
40016 \begin_layout Subsection
40020 \begin_layout Description
40022 \begin_inset space ~
40026 \begin_inset space ~
40029 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40032 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40033 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40035 \begin_inset space ~
40041 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40045 \begin_layout Description
40047 \begin_inset space ~
40050 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40055 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40056 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40059 \begin_layout Subsection
40064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40072 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40074 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40083 Settings ! Latex@LaTeX
40091 \begin_layout Description
40096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40104 \begin_inset space ~
40107 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40112 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40134 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40147 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40148 LyX sets up in the background.
40149 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40152 \begin_layout Description
40154 \begin_inset space ~
40158 \begin_inset space ~
40161 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40166 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40169 \begin_layout Description
40171 \begin_inset space ~
40175 \begin_inset space ~
40179 \begin_inset space ~
40183 \begin_inset space ~
40187 \begin_inset space ~
40191 \begin_inset space ~
40194 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40196 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40199 dialog when changing the document class.
40202 \begin_layout Standard
40205 External Applications
40207 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40208 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40209 manuals of the applications.
40210 Currently the following commands can be set:
40213 \begin_layout Description
40218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40226 \begin_inset space ~
40229 command Command for the program
40233 that is described in section
40244 \begin_layout Description
40249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40257 \begin_inset space ~
40260 command Command for the program
40264 that generates the bibliography, see section
40265 \begin_inset space ~
40269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40271 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40278 \begin_layout Description
40280 \begin_inset space ~
40283 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40284 \begin_inset space ~
40288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40290 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40297 \begin_layout Description
40299 \begin_inset space ~
40303 \begin_inset space ~
40307 \begin_inset space ~
40311 \begin_inset space ~
40314 options They only have an effect when the program
40318 is used as DVI-viewer.
40321 \begin_layout Subsection
40326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40345 \begin_layout Standard
40350 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40353 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40355 uses the Windows path style:
40358 \begin_layout Standard
40366 \begin_layout Standard
40367 instead of the Unix path style:
40370 \begin_layout Standard
40374 \begin_layout Section
40379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40388 \begin_layout Standard
40389 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40390 from one format to another.
40391 You can modify them or create new ones.
40392 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40399 \begin_inset space ~
40409 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40413 \begin_inset space ~
40418 drop-down list, modify the
40422 field, and press the
40429 \begin_layout Standard
40432 Converter File Cache
40434 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40437 Maximum Age (in days
40440 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40441 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40444 \begin_layout Standard
40445 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40446 the converter definition, is described in section
40457 \begin_layout Section
40462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40469 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40471 name "sec:File-Formats"
40478 \begin_layout Standard
40479 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40480 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40482 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40490 \begin_inset space ~
40502 \begin_layout Standard
40503 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40504 is described in section
40515 \begin_layout Section
40520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40529 \begin_layout Standard
40530 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40531 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40532 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40533 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40534 This is done by a Copier.
40537 \begin_layout Standard
40538 More about converters is described in section
40549 \begin_layout Chapter
40550 Units available in LyX
40554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40561 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40563 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40570 \begin_layout Standard
40571 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40574 reference "cap:Units"
40578 explains all units available in LyX.
40581 \begin_layout Standard
40582 \begin_inset Float table
40588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40589 \begin_inset Caption
40591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40607 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40615 \begin_inset Tabular
40616 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
40618 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40619 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40715 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40719 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40743 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40747 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40770 scaled point (65536
40771 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40775 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40799 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40803 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40827 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40831 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
40835 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40859 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40863 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40886 % of original image width
40893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41075 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41079 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41100 \begin_layout Chapter
41102 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41111 \begin_layout Standard
41112 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41113 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41116 \begin_layout Itemize
41119 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41122 \begin_layout Itemize
41128 \begin_layout Itemize
41134 \begin_layout Itemize
41140 \begin_layout Itemize
41146 \begin_layout Itemize
41152 \begin_layout Itemize
41158 \begin_layout Itemize
41164 \begin_layout Itemize
41167 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41170 \begin_layout Itemize
41176 \begin_layout Itemize
41182 \begin_layout Itemize
41188 \begin_layout Itemize
41194 \begin_layout Itemize
41200 \begin_layout Itemize
41206 \begin_layout Itemize
41212 \begin_layout Itemize
41218 \begin_layout Itemize
41220 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41229 \begin_layout Standard
41230 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41233 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41240 \begin_layout Bibliography
41241 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41242 LatexCommand bibitem
41249 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41252 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41257 \begin_inset Newline newline
41261 \begin_inset Flex URL
41264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41266 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41274 \begin_layout Bibliography
41275 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41276 LatexCommand bibitem
41277 key "latexcompanion"
41281 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41283 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41286 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41289 \begin_layout Bibliography
41290 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41291 LatexCommand bibitem
41296 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41299 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41302 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41305 \begin_layout Bibliography
41306 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41307 LatexCommand bibitem
41314 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41317 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41320 \begin_layout Bibliography
41321 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41322 LatexCommand bibitem
41334 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41337 \begin_layout Bibliography
41338 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41339 LatexCommand bibitem
41345 \begin_inset Newline newline
41349 \begin_inset Flex URL
41352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41354 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41362 \begin_layout Bibliography
41363 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41364 LatexCommand bibitem
41370 \begin_inset Newline newline
41374 \begin_inset Flex URL
41377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41379 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41387 \begin_layout Bibliography
41388 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41389 LatexCommand bibitem
41395 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41397 name "Documentation"
41398 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41407 \begin_inset Newline newline
41411 \begin_inset Flex URL
41414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41416 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41424 \begin_layout Bibliography
41425 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41426 LatexCommand bibitem
41432 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41434 name "Documentation"
41435 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
41444 \begin_inset Newline newline
41448 \begin_inset Flex URL
41451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41453 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
41461 \begin_layout Bibliography
41462 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41463 LatexCommand bibitem
41469 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41471 name "Documentation"
41472 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41476 of the LaTeX-package
41484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41485 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
41491 \begin_inset Newline newline
41495 \begin_inset Flex URL
41498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41500 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41508 \begin_layout Bibliography
41509 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41510 LatexCommand bibitem
41516 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41518 name "Documentation"
41519 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41523 of the LaTeX-package
41531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41532 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41538 \begin_inset Newline newline
41542 \begin_inset Flex URL
41545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41547 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41555 \begin_layout Bibliography
41556 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41557 LatexCommand bibitem
41563 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41565 name "Documentation"
41566 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41570 of the LaTeX-package
41578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41579 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
41585 \begin_inset Newline newline
41589 \begin_inset Flex URL
41592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41594 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
41602 \begin_layout Bibliography
41603 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41604 LatexCommand bibitem
41610 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41612 name "Documentation"
41613 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
41617 of the LaTeX-package
41625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41626 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
41632 \begin_inset Newline newline
41636 \begin_inset Flex URL
41639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41641 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
41649 \begin_layout Bibliography
41650 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41651 LatexCommand bibitem
41657 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41659 name "Documentation"
41660 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
41664 of the LaTeX-package
41672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41673 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
41679 \begin_inset Newline newline
41683 \begin_inset Flex URL
41686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41688 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
41696 \begin_layout Bibliography
41697 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41698 LatexCommand bibitem
41704 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41707 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
41711 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
41712 \begin_inset Newline newline
41716 \begin_inset Flex URL
41719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41721 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
41729 \begin_layout Bibliography
41730 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41731 LatexCommand bibitem
41737 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41740 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
41744 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
41745 \begin_inset Newline newline
41749 \begin_inset Flex URL
41752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41754 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
41762 \begin_layout Bibliography
41763 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41764 LatexCommand bibitem
41770 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41773 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
41777 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
41778 \begin_inset Newline newline
41782 \begin_inset Flex URL
41785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41787 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
41795 \begin_layout Bibliography
41796 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41797 LatexCommand bibitem
41803 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41806 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
41810 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
41811 \begin_inset Newline newline
41815 \begin_inset Flex URL
41818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41820 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
41828 \begin_layout Bibliography
41829 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41830 LatexCommand bibitem
41836 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41839 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
41843 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
41844 \begin_inset Newline newline
41848 \begin_inset Flex URL
41851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41853 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
41861 \begin_layout Bibliography
41862 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41863 LatexCommand bibitem
41869 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41872 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
41876 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
41877 \begin_inset Newline newline
41881 \begin_inset Flex URL
41884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41886 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
41894 \begin_layout Bibliography
41895 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41896 LatexCommand bibitem
41902 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41905 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
41909 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
41910 \begin_inset Newline newline
41914 \begin_inset Flex URL
41917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41919 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
41927 \begin_layout Bibliography
41928 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41929 LatexCommand bibitem
41935 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41938 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
41942 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
41943 \begin_inset Newline newline
41947 \begin_inset Flex URL
41950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41952 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
41960 \begin_layout Bibliography
41961 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41962 LatexCommand bibitem
41968 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41971 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
41975 about new features in
41980 \begin_inset Newline newline
41984 \begin_inset Flex URL
41987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41989 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
41997 \begin_layout Standard
41998 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42032 \begin_inset Note Note
42035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42042 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
42043 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
42044 bibliography is the second one:
42052 \begin_layout Standard
42053 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
42054 LatexCommand bibtex
42055 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
42056 options "biblio/alphadin"
42063 \begin_layout Standard
42064 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42067 \begin_layout Standard
42070 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42071 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42076 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42077 LatexCommand printindex